❧

Surah 009 of 114

سورة التوبة

At-Tawba

129 verses · tap any ayah to deep-dive

Ayat 1

بَرَآءَةٌۭ مِّنَ ٱللَّهِ وَرَسُولِهِۦٓ إِلَى ٱلَّذِينَ عَٰهَدتُّم مِّنَ ٱلْمُشْرِكِينَ.(1)

[This is a declaration of] disassociation, from Allāh and His Messenger, to those with whom you had made a treaty among the polytheists.1 [At-Tawba: 1]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 1

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

[This is a declaration of] disassociation, from Allāh and His Messenger, to those with whom you had made a treaty among the polytheists.1

Transliteration

Ayah 1

Baraatun mina Allahi warasoolihi ila allatheena AAahadtum mina almushrikeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 1

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 بَرَآءَةٌ Baraatun Freedom from obligations ب ر أ
2 مِّنَ mina from —
3 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
4 وَرَسُولِهِۦٓ warasoolihi and His Messenger ر س ل
5 إِلَى ila to —
6 الَّذِينَ allatheena those (with) whom —
7 عَاهَدتُّم AAahadtum you made a covenant ع ه د
8 مِّنَ mina from —
9 الْمُشْرِكِينَ almushrikeena the polytheists ش ر ك

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 2

فَسِيحُوا۟ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ أَرْبَعَةَ أَشْهُرٍۢ وَٱعْلَمُوٓا۟ أَنَّكُمْ غَيْرُ مُعْجِزِى ٱللَّهِ ۙ وَأَنَّ ٱللَّهَ مُخْزِى ٱلْكَٰفِرِينَ.(2)

So travel freely, [O disbelievers], throughout the land [during] four months but know that you cannot cause failure to Allāh and that Allāh will disgrace the disbelievers. [At-Tawba: 2]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 2

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

So travel freely, [O disbelievers], throughout the land [during] four months but know that you cannot cause failure to Allāh and that Allāh will disgrace the disbelievers.

Transliteration

Ayah 2

Faseehoo fee alardi arbaAAata ashhurin waiAAlamoo annakum ghayru muAAjizee Allahi waanna Allaha mukhzee alkafireena

Word-by-word

Ayah 2

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَسِيحُواْ Faseehoo So move about س ي ح
2 فِى fee in —
3 الْأَرْضِ alardi the land أ ر ض
4 أَرْبَعَةَ arbaAAata (during) four ر ب ع
5 أَشْهُرٍ ashhurin months ش ه ر
6 وَاعْلَمُوٓاْ waiAAlamoo but know ع ل م
7 أَنَّكُمْ annakum that you —
8 غَيْرُ ghayru (can) not غ ي ر
9 مُعْجِزِى muAAjizee escape ع ج ز
10 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
11 وَأَنَّ waanna and that —
12 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
13 مُخْزِى mukhzee (is) the One Who (will) disgrace خ ز ي
14 الْكَافِرِينَ alkafireena the disbelievers ك ف ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 3

وَأَذَٰنٌۭ مِّنَ ٱللَّهِ وَرَسُولِهِۦٓ إِلَى ٱلنَّاسِ يَوْمَ ٱلْحَجِّ ٱلْأَكْبَرِ أَنَّ ٱللَّهَ بَرِىٓءٌۭ مِّنَ ٱلْمُشْرِكِينَ ۙ وَرَسُولُهُۥ ۚ فَإِن تُبْتُمْ فَهُوَ خَيْرٌۭ لَّكُمْ ۖ وَإِن تَوَلَّيْتُمْ فَٱعْلَمُوٓا۟ أَنَّكُمْ غَيْرُ مُعْجِزِى ٱللَّهِ ۗ وَبَشِّرِ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ بِعَذَابٍ أَلِيمٍ.(3)

And [it is] an announcement from Allāh and His Messenger to the people on the day of the greater pilgrimage1 that Allāh is disassociated from the disbelievers, and [so is] His Messenger. So if you repent, that is best for you; but if you turn away - then know that you will not cause failure to Allāh.2 And give tidings to those who disbelieve of a painful punishment. [At-Tawba: 3]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 3

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And [it is] an announcement from Allāh and His Messenger to the people on the day of the greater pilgrimage1 that Allāh is disassociated from the disbelievers, and [so is] His Messenger. So if you repent, that is best for you; but if you turn away - then know that you will not cause failure to Allāh.2 And give tidings to those who disbelieve of a painful punishment.

Transliteration

Ayah 3

Waathanun mina Allahi warasoolihi ila alnnasi yawma alhajji alakbari anna Allaha bareeon mina almushrikeena warasooluhu fain tubtum fahuwa khayrun lakum wain tawallaytum faiAAlamoo annakum ghayru muAAjizee Allahi wabashshiri allatheena kafaroo biAAathabin aleemin

Word-by-word

Ayah 3

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَأَذَانٌ Waathanun And an announcement أ ذ ن
2 مِّنَ mina from —
3 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
4 وَرَسُولِهِۦٓ warasoolihi and His Messenger ر س ل
5 إِلَى ila to —
6 النَّاسِ alnnasi the people ن و س
7 يَوْمَ yawma (on the) day ي و م
8 الْحَجِّ alhajji (of) Pilgrimage ح ج ج
9 الْأَكْبَرِ alakbari the greater ك ب ر
10 أَنَّ anna that —
11 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
12 بَرِيءٌ bareeon (is) free from obligations ب ر أ
13 مِّنَ mina [of] —
14 الْمُشْرِكِينَ almushrikeena (to) the polytheists ش ر ك
15 وَرَسُولُهُۥ warasooluhu and (so is) His Messenger ر س ل
16 فَإِن fain So if —
17 تُبْتُمْ tubtum you repent ت و ب
18 فَهُوَ fahuwa then it is —
19 خَيْرٌ khayrun best خ ي ر
20 لَّكُمْ lakum for you —
21 وَإِن wain But if —
22 تَوَلَّيْتُمْ tawallaytum you turn away و ل ي
23 فَاعْلَمُوٓاْ faiAAlamoo then know ع ل م
24 أَنَّكُمْ annakum that you —
25 غَيْرُ ghayru (can) not غ ي ر
26 مُعْجِزِى muAAjizee escape ع ج ز
27 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
28 وَبَشِّرِ wabashshiri And give glad tidings ب ش ر
29 الَّذِينَ allatheena (to) those who —
30 كَفَرُواْ kafaroo disbelieve ك ف ر
31 بِعَذَابٍ biAAathabin of a punishment ع ذ ب
32 أَلِيمٍ aleemin painful أ ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 4

إِلَّا ٱلَّذِينَ عَٰهَدتُّم مِّنَ ٱلْمُشْرِكِينَ ثُمَّ لَمْ يَنقُصُوكُمْ شَيْـًۭٔا وَلَمْ يُظَٰهِرُوا۟ عَلَيْكُمْ أَحَدًۭا فَأَتِمُّوٓا۟ إِلَيْهِمْ عَهْدَهُمْ إِلَىٰ مُدَّتِهِمْ ۚ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ يُحِبُّ ٱلْمُتَّقِينَ.(4)

Excepted are those with whom you made a treaty among the polytheists and then they have not been deficient toward you in anything or supported anyone against you; so complete for them their treaty until their term [has ended]. Indeed, Allāh loves the righteous [who fear Him]. [At-Tawba: 4]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 4

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Excepted are those with whom you made a treaty among the polytheists and then they have not been deficient toward you in anything or supported anyone against you; so complete for them their treaty until their term [has ended]. Indeed, Allāh loves the righteous [who fear Him].

Transliteration

Ayah 4

Illa allatheena AAahadtum mina almushrikeena thumma lam yanqusookum shayan walam yuthahiroo AAalaykum ahadan faatimmoo ilayhim AAahdahum ila muddatihim inna Allaha yuhibbu almuttaqeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 4

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِلَّا Illa Except —
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena those (with) whom —
3 عَاهَدتُّم AAahadtum you have a covenant ع ه د
4 مِّنَ mina among —
5 الْمُشْرِكِينَ almushrikeena the polytheists ش ر ك
6 ثُمَّ thumma then —
7 لَمْ lam not —
8 يَنقُصُوكُمْ yanqusookum they have failed you ن ق ص
9 شَيْئًا shayan (in any) thing ش ي أ
10 وَلَمْ walam and not —
11 يُظَاهِرُواْ yuthahiroo they have supported ظ ه ر
12 عَلَيْكُمْ AAalaykum against you —
13 أَحَدًا ahadan anyone أ ح د
14 فَأَتِمُّوٓاْ faatimmoo so fulfil ت م م
15 إِلَيْهِمْ ilayhim to them —
16 عَهْدَهُمْ AAahdahum their treaty ع ه د
17 إِلَىٰ ila till —
18 مُدَّتِهِمْ muddatihim their term م د د
19 إِنَّ inna Indeed —
20 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
21 يُحِبُّ yuhibbu loves ح ب ب
22 الْمُتَّقِينَ almuttaqeena the righteous و ق ي

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 5

فَإِذَا ٱنسَلَخَ ٱلْأَشْهُرُ ٱلْحُرُمُ فَٱقْتُلُوا۟ ٱلْمُشْرِكِينَ حَيْثُ وَجَدتُّمُوهُمْ وَخُذُوهُمْ وَٱحْصُرُوهُمْ وَٱقْعُدُوا۟ لَهُمْ كُلَّ مَرْصَدٍۢ ۚ فَإِن تَابُوا۟ وَأَقَامُوا۟ ٱلصَّلَوٰةَ وَءَاتَوُا۟ ٱلزَّكَوٰةَ فَخَلُّوا۟ سَبِيلَهُمْ ۚ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ غَفُورٌۭ رَّحِيمٌۭ.(5)

And when the inviolable months1 have passed, then kill the polytheists wherever you find them and capture them and besiege them and sit in wait for them at every place of ambush. But if they should repent, establish prayer, and give zakāh, let them [go] on their way. Indeed, Allāh is Forgiving and Merciful. [At-Tawba: 5]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 5

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And when the inviolable months1 have passed, then kill the polytheists wherever you find them and capture them and besiege them and sit in wait for them at every place of ambush. But if they should repent, establish prayer, and give zakāh, let them [go] on their way. Indeed, Allāh is Forgiving and Merciful.

Transliteration

Ayah 5

Faitha insalakha alashhuru alhurumu faoqtuloo almushrikeena haythu wajadtumoohum wakhuthoohum waohsuroohum waoqAAudoo lahum kulla marsadin fain taboo waaqamoo alssalata waatawoo alzzakata fakhalloo sabeelahum inna Allaha ghafoorun raheemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 5

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَإِذَا Faitha Then when —
2 انسَلَخَ insalakha have passed س ل خ
3 الْأَشْهُرُ alashhuru the months ش ه ر
4 الْحُرُمُ alhurumu the sacred ح ر م
5 فَاقْتُلُواْ faoqtuloo then kill ق ت ل
6 الْمُشْرِكِينَ almushrikeena the polytheists ش ر ك
7 حَيْثُ haythu wherever ح ي ث
8 وَجَدتُّمُوهُمْ wajadtumoohum you find them و ج د
9 وَخُذُوهُمْ wakhuthoohum and seize them أ خ ذ
10 وَاحْصُرُوهُمْ waohsuroohum and besiege them ح ص ر
11 وَاقْعُدُواْ waoqAAudoo and sit (in wait) ق ع د
12 لَهُمْ lahum for them —
13 كُلَّ kulla (at) every ك ل ل
14 مَرْصَدٍ marsadin place of ambush ر ص د
15 فَإِن fain But if —
16 تَابُواْ taboo they repent ت و ب
17 وَأَقَامُواْ waaqamoo and establish ق و م
18 الصَّلَوٰةَ alssalata the prayer ص ل و
19 وَآتَوُاْ waatawoo and give أ ت ي
20 الزَّكَوٰةَ alzzakata the zakah ز ك و
21 فَخَلُّواْ fakhalloo then leave خ ل و
22 سَبِيلَهُمْ sabeelahum their way س ب ل
23 إِنَّ inna Indeed —
24 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
25 غَفُورٌ ghafoorun (is) Oft-Forgiving غ ف ر
26 رَّحِيمٌ raheemun Most Merciful ر ح م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 6

وَإِنْ أَحَدٌۭ مِّنَ ٱلْمُشْرِكِينَ ٱسْتَجَارَكَ فَأَجِرْهُ حَتَّىٰ يَسْمَعَ كَلَٰمَ ٱللَّهِ ثُمَّ أَبْلِغْهُ مَأْمَنَهُۥ ۚ ذَٰلِكَ بِأَنَّهُمْ قَوْمٌۭ لَّا يَعْلَمُونَ.(6)

And if any one of the polytheists seeks your protection, then grant him protection so that he may hear the words of Allāh [i.e., the Qur’ān]. Then deliver him to his place of safety. That is because they are a people who do not know. [At-Tawba: 6]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 6

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And if any one of the polytheists seeks your protection, then grant him protection so that he may hear the words of Allāh [i.e., the Qur’ān]. Then deliver him to his place of safety. That is because they are a people who do not know.

Transliteration

Ayah 6

Wain ahadun mina almushrikeena istajaraka faajirhu hatta yasmaAAa kalama Allahi thumma ablighhu mamanahu thalika biannahum qawmun la yaAAlamoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 6

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَإِنْ Wain And if —
2 أَحَدٌ ahadun anyone أ ح د
3 مِّنَ mina of —
4 الْمُشْرِكِينَ almushrikeena the polytheists ش ر ك
5 اسْتَجَارَكَ istajaraka seek your protection ج و ر
6 فَأَجِرْهُ faajirhu then grant him protection ج و ر
7 حَتَّىٰ hatta until —
8 يَسْمَعَ yasmaAAa he hears س م ع
9 كَلَامَ kalama (the) Words ك ل م
10 اللهِ Allahi of Allah أ ل ه
11 ثُمَّ thumma Then —
12 أَبْلِغْهُ ablighhu escort him ب ل غ
13 مَأْمَنَهُۥ mamanahu (to) his place of safety أ م ن
14 ذَٰلِكَ thalika That —
15 بِأَنَّهُمْ biannahum (is) because they —
16 قَوْمٌ qawmun (are) a people ق و م
17 لَّا la not —
18 يَعْلَمُونَ yaAAlamoona (who they) do know ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 7

كَيْفَ يَكُونُ لِلْمُشْرِكِينَ عَهْدٌ عِندَ ٱللَّهِ وَعِندَ رَسُولِهِۦٓ إِلَّا ٱلَّذِينَ عَٰهَدتُّمْ عِندَ ٱلْمَسْجِدِ ٱلْحَرَامِ ۖ فَمَا ٱسْتَقَٰمُوا۟ لَكُمْ فَٱسْتَقِيمُوا۟ لَهُمْ ۚ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ يُحِبُّ ٱلْمُتَّقِينَ.(7)

How can there be for the polytheists a treaty in the sight of Allāh and with His Messenger, except for those with whom you made a treaty at al-Masjid al-Ḥarām? So as long as they are upright toward you,1 be upright toward them. Indeed, Allāh loves the righteous [who fear Him]. [At-Tawba: 7]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 7

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

How can there be for the polytheists a treaty in the sight of Allāh and with His Messenger, except for those with whom you made a treaty at al-Masjid al-Ḥarām? So as long as they are upright toward you,1 be upright toward them. Indeed, Allāh loves the righteous [who fear Him].

Transliteration

Ayah 7

Kayfa yakoonu lilmushrikeena AAahdun AAinda Allahi waAAinda rasoolihi illa allatheena AAahadtum AAinda almasjidi alharami fama istaqamoo lakum faistaqeemoo lahum inna Allaha yuhibbu almuttaqeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 7

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 كَيْفَ Kayfa How? ك ي ف
2 يَكُونُ yakoonu can (there) be ك و ن
3 لِلْمُشْرِكِينَ lilmushrikeena for the polytheists ش ر ك
4 عَهْدٌ AAahdun a covenant ع ه د
5 عِندَ AAinda with ع ن د
6 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
7 وَعِندَ waAAinda and with ع ن د
8 رَسُولِهِۦٓ rasoolihi His Messenger ر س ل
9 إِلَّا illa except —
10 الَّذِينَ allatheena those (with) whom —
11 عَاهَدتُّمْ AAahadtum you made a covenant ع ه د
12 عِندَ AAinda near ع ن د
13 الْمَسْجِدِ almasjidi Al-Masjid س ج د
14 الْحَرَامِ alharami Al-Haraam ح ر م
15 فَمَا fama So long as —
16 اسْتَقَامُواْ istaqamoo they are upright ق و م
17 لَكُمْ lakum to you —
18 فَاسْتَقِيمُواْ faistaqeemoo then you be upright ق و م
19 لَهُمْ lahum to them —
20 إِنَّ inna Indeed —
21 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
22 يُحِبُّ yuhibbu loves ح ب ب
23 الْمُتَّقِينَ almuttaqeena the righteous و ق ي

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 8

كَيْفَ وَإِن يَظْهَرُوا۟ عَلَيْكُمْ لَا يَرْقُبُوا۟ فِيكُمْ إِلًّۭا وَلَا ذِمَّةًۭ ۚ يُرْضُونَكُم بِأَفْوَٰهِهِمْ وَتَأْبَىٰ قُلُوبُهُمْ وَأَكْثَرُهُمْ فَٰسِقُونَ.(8)

How [can there be a treaty] while, if they gain dominance over you, they do not observe concerning you any pact of kinship or covenant of protection? They satisfy you with their mouths, but their hearts refuse [compliance], and most of them are defiantly disobedient. [At-Tawba: 8]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 8

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

How [can there be a treaty] while, if they gain dominance over you, they do not observe concerning you any pact of kinship or covenant of protection? They satisfy you with their mouths, but their hearts refuse [compliance], and most of them are defiantly disobedient.

Transliteration

Ayah 8

Kayfa wain yathharoo AAalaykum la yarquboo feekum illan wala thimmatan yurdoonakum biafwahihim wataba quloobuhum waaktharuhum fasiqoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 8

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 كَيْفَ Kayfa How? ك ي ف
2 وَإِن wain while if —
3 يَظْهَرُوا yathharoo they gain dominance ظ ه ر
4 عَلَيْكُمْ AAalaykum over you —
5 لَا la (do) not —
6 يَرْقُبُواْ yarquboo they regard (the ties) ر ق ب
7 فِيكُمْ feekum with you —
8 إِلًّا illan (of) kinship أ ل ل
9 وَلَا wala and not —
10 ذِمَّةً thimmatan covenant of protection ذ م م
11 يُرْضُونَكُم yurdoonakum They satisfy you ر ض و
12 بِأَفْوَاهِهِمْ biafwahihim with their mouths ف و ه
13 وَتَأْبَىٰ wataba but refuse أ ب ي
14 قُلُوبُهُمْ quloobuhum their hearts ق ل ب
15 وَأَكْثَرُهُمْ waaktharuhum and most of them ك ث ر
16 فَاسِقُونَ fasiqoona (are) defiantly disobedient ف س ق

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 9

ٱشْتَرَوْا۟ بِـَٔايَٰتِ ٱللَّهِ ثَمَنًۭا قَلِيلًۭا فَصَدُّوا۟ عَن سَبِيلِهِۦٓ ۚ إِنَّهُمْ سَآءَ مَا كَانُوا۟ يَعْمَلُونَ.(9)

They have exchanged the signs of Allāh for a small price and averted [people] from His way. Indeed, it was evil that they were doing. [At-Tawba: 9]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 9

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

They have exchanged the signs of Allāh for a small price and averted [people] from His way. Indeed, it was evil that they were doing.

Transliteration

Ayah 9

Ishtaraw biayati Allahi thamanan qaleelan fasaddoo AAan sabeelihi innahum saa ma kanoo yaAAmaloona

Word-by-word

Ayah 9

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 اشْتَرَواْ Ishtaraw They exchange ش ر ي
2 بِاٰيَاتِ biayati [with] the Verses أ ي ي
3 اللهِ Allahi of Allah أ ل ه
4 ثَمَنًا thamanan (for) a price ث م ن
5 قَلِيلًا qaleelan a little ق ل ل
6 فَصَدُّواْ fasaddoo and they hinder (people) ص د د
7 عَن AAan from —
8 سَبِيلِهِۦٓ sabeelihi His way س ب ل
9 إِنَّهُمْ innahum Indeed —
10 سَآءَ saa evil س و أ
11 مَا ma (is) what —
12 كَانُواْ kanoo they used to ك و ن
13 يَعْمَلُونَ yaAAmaloona do ع م ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 10

لَا يَرْقُبُونَ فِى مُؤْمِنٍ إِلًّا وَلَا ذِمَّةًۭ ۚ وَأُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ هُمُ ٱلْمُعْتَدُونَ.(10)

They do not observe toward a believer any pact of kinship or covenant of protection. And it is they who are the transgressors. [At-Tawba: 10]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 10

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

They do not observe toward a believer any pact of kinship or covenant of protection. And it is they who are the transgressors.

Transliteration

Ayah 10

La yarquboona fee muminin illan wala thimmatan waolaika humu almuAAtadoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 10

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 لَا La Not —
2 يَرْقُبُونَ yarquboona they respect (the ties) ر ق ب
3 فِى fee towards —
4 مُؤْمِنٍ muminin a believer أ م ن
5 إِلًّا illan (of) kinship أ ل ل
6 وَلَا wala and not —
7 ذِمَّةً thimmatan covenant of protection ذ م م
8 وَأُوْلَٰٓئِكَ waolaika And those —
9 هُمُ humu [they] —
10 الْمُعْتَدُونَ almuAAtadoona (are) the transgressors ع د و

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 11

فَإِن تَابُوا۟ وَأَقَامُوا۟ ٱلصَّلَوٰةَ وَءَاتَوُا۟ ٱلزَّكَوٰةَ فَإِخْوَٰنُكُمْ فِى ٱلدِّينِ ۗ وَنُفَصِّلُ ٱلْآيَٰتِ لِقَوْمٍۢ يَعْلَمُونَ.(11)

But if they repent, establish prayer, and give zakāh, then they are your brothers in religion; and We detail the verses for a people who know. [At-Tawba: 11]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 11

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

But if they repent, establish prayer, and give zakāh, then they are your brothers in religion; and We detail the verses for a people who know.

Transliteration

Ayah 11

Fain taboo waaqamoo alssalata waatawoo alzzakata faikhwanukum fee alddeeni wanufassilu alayati liqawmin yaAAlamoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 11

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَإِن Fain But if —
2 تَابُواْ taboo they repent ت و ب
3 وَأَقَامُواْ waaqamoo and establish ق و م
4 الصَّلَوٰةَ alssalata the prayer ص ل و
5 وَآتَوُاْ waatawoo and give أ ت ي
6 الزَّكَوٰةَ alzzakata the zakah ز ك و
7 فَإِخْوَانُكُمْ faikhwanukum then (they are) your brothers أ خ و
8 فِى fee in —
9 الدِّينِ alddeeni [the] religion د ي ن
10 وَنُفَصِّلُ wanufassilu And We explain in detail ف ص ل
11 الاٰيَاتِ alayati the Verses أ ي ي
12 لِقَوْمٍ liqawmin for a people ق و م
13 يَعْلَمُونَ yaAAlamoona (who) know ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 12

وَإِن نَّكَثُوٓا۟ أَيْمَٰنَهُم مِّنۢ بَعْدِ عَهْدِهِمْ وَطَعَنُوا۟ فِى دِينِكُمْ فَقَٰتِلُوٓا۟ أَئِمَّةَ ٱلْكُفْرِ ۙ إِنَّهُمْ لَآ أَيْمَٰنَ لَهُمْ لَعَلَّهُمْ يَنتَهُونَ.(12)

And if they break their oaths after their treaty and defame your religion, then combat the leaders of disbelief, for indeed, there are no oaths [sacred] to them; [fight them that] they might cease. [At-Tawba: 12]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 12

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And if they break their oaths after their treaty and defame your religion, then combat the leaders of disbelief, for indeed, there are no oaths [sacred] to them; [fight them that] they might cease.

Transliteration

Ayah 12

Wain nakathoo aymanahum min baAAdi AAahdihim wataAAanoo fee deenikum faqatiloo aimmata alkufri innahum la aymana lahum laAAallahum yantahoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 12

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَإِن Wain And if —
2 نَّكَثُوٓاْ nakathoo they break ن ك ث
3 أَيْمَانَهُم aymanahum their oaths ي م ن
4 مِّنْ min from —
5 بَعْدِ baAAdi after ب ع د
6 عَهْدِهِمْ AAahdihim their treaty ع ه د
7 وَطَعَنُواْ wataAAanoo and defame ط ع ن
8 فِى fee [in] —
9 دِينِكُمْ deenikum your religion د ي ن
10 فَقَاتِلُوٓاْ faqatiloo then fight ق ت ل
11 أَئِمَّةَ aimmata the leaders أ م م
12 الْكُفْرِ alkufri (of) [the] disbelief ك ف ر
13 إِنَّهُمْ innahum indeed they —
14 لَآ la no —
15 أَيْمَانَ aymana oaths ي م ن
16 لَهُمْ lahum for them —
17 لَعَلَّهُمْ laAAallahum so that they may —
18 يَنتَهُونَ yantahoona cease ن ه ي

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 13

أَلَا تُقَٰتِلُونَ قَوْمًۭا نَّكَثُوٓا۟ أَيْمَٰنَهُمْ وَهَمُّوا۟ بِإِخْرَاجِ ٱلرَّسُولِ وَهُم بَدَءُوكُمْ أَوَّلَ مَرَّةٍ ۚ أَتَخْشَوْنَهُمْ ۚ فَٱللَّهُ أَحَقُّ أَن تَخْشَوْهُ إِن كُنتُم مُّؤْمِنِينَ.(13)

Would you not fight against a people who broke their oaths and determined to expel the Messenger, and they had begun [the attack upon] you the first time? Do you fear them? But Allāh has more right that you should fear Him, if you are [truly] believers. [At-Tawba: 13]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 13

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Would you not fight against a people who broke their oaths and determined to expel the Messenger, and they had begun [the attack upon] you the first time? Do you fear them? But Allāh has more right that you should fear Him, if you are [truly] believers.

Transliteration

Ayah 13

Ala tuqatiloona qawman nakathoo aymanahum wahammoo biikhraji alrrasooli wahum badaookum awwala marratin atakhshawnahum faAllahu ahaqqu an takhshawhu in kuntum mumineena

Word-by-word

Ayah 13

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 أَلَا Ala Will not? —
2 تُقَاتِلُونَ tuqatiloona you fight ق ت ل
3 قَوْمًا qawman a people ق و م
4 نَّكَثُوٓاْ nakathoo who broke ن ك ث
5 أَيْمَانَهُمْ aymanahum their oaths ي م ن
6 وَهَمُّواْ wahammoo and determined ه م م
7 بِإِخْرَاجِ biikhraji to drive out خ ر ج
8 الرَّسُولِ alrrasooli the Messenger ر س ل
9 وَهُم wahum and they —
10 بَدَؤُوكُمْ badaookum began (to attack) you ب د أ
11 أَوَّلَ awwala first أ و ل
12 مَرَّةٍ marratin time م ر ر
13 أَتَخْشَوْنَهُمْ atakhshawnahum Do you fear them? خ ش ي
14 فَاللهُ faAllahu But Allah أ ل ه
15 أَحَقُّ ahaqqu (has) more right ح ق ق
16 أَن an that —
17 تَخْشَوْهُ takhshawhu you should fear Him خ ش ي
18 إِن in if —
19 كُنتُم kuntum you are ك و ن
20 مُّؤْمِنِينَ mumineena believers أ م ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 14

قَٰتِلُوهُمْ يُعَذِّبْهُمُ ٱللَّهُ بِأَيْدِيكُمْ وَيُخْزِهِمْ وَيَنصُرْكُمْ عَلَيْهِمْ وَيَشْفِ صُدُورَ قَوْمٍۢ مُّؤْمِنِينَ.(14)

Fight them; Allāh will punish them by your hands and will disgrace them and give you victory over them and satisfy the breasts [i.e., desires] of a believing people [At-Tawba: 14]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 14

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Fight them; Allāh will punish them by your hands and will disgrace them and give you victory over them and satisfy the breasts [i.e., desires] of a believing people

Transliteration

Ayah 14

Qatiloohum yuAAaththibhumu Allahu biaydeekum wayukhzihim wayansurkum AAalayhim wayashfi sudoora qawmin mumineena

Word-by-word

Ayah 14

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قَاتِلُوهُمْ Qatiloohum Fight them ق ت ل
2 يُعَذِّبْهُمُ yuAAaththibhumu will punish them ع ذ ب
3 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
4 بِأَيْدِيكُمْ biaydeekum by your hands ي د ي
5 وَيُخْزِهِمْ wayukhzihim and disgrace them خ ز ي
6 وَيَنصُرْكُمْ wayansurkum and give you victory ن ص ر
7 عَلَيْهِمْ AAalayhim over them —
8 وَيَشْفِ wayashfi and will heal ش ف ي
9 صُدُورَ sudoora (the) breasts ص د ر
10 قَوْمٍ qawmin (of) a people ق و م
11 مُّؤْمِنِينَ mumineena (who are) believers أ م ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 15

وَيُذْهِبْ غَيْظَ قُلُوبِهِمْ ۗ وَيَتُوبُ ٱللَّهُ عَلَىٰ مَن يَشَآءُ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ عَلِيمٌ حَكِيمٌ.(15)

And remove the fury in their [i.e., the believers'] hearts. And Allāh turns in forgiveness to whom He wills; and Allāh is Knowing and Wise. [At-Tawba: 15]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 15

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And remove the fury in their [i.e., the believers'] hearts. And Allāh turns in forgiveness to whom He wills; and Allāh is Knowing and Wise.

Transliteration

Ayah 15

Wayuthhib ghaytha quloobihim wayatoobu Allahu AAala man yashao waAllahu AAaleemun hakeemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 15

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَيُذْهِبْ Wayuthhib And remove ذ ه ب
2 غَيْظَ ghaytha (the) anger غ ي ظ
3 قُلُوبِهِمْ quloobihim (of) their hearts ق ل ب
4 وَيَتُوبُ wayatoobu And accepts repentance ت و ب
5 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
6 عَلَىٰ AAala of —
7 مَن man whom —
8 يَشَآءُ yashao He wills ش ي أ
9 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
10 عَلِيمٌ AAaleemun (is) All-Knower ع ل م
11 حَكِيمٌ hakeemun All-Wise ح ك م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 16

أَمْ حَسِبْتُمْ أَن تُتْرَكُوا۟ وَلَمَّا يَعْلَمِ ٱللَّهُ ٱلَّذِينَ جَٰهَدُوا۟ مِنكُمْ وَلَمْ يَتَّخِذُوا۟ مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ وَلَا رَسُولِهِۦ وَلَا ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ وَلِيجَةًۭ ۚ وَٱللَّهُ خَبِيرٌۢ بِمَا تَعْمَلُونَ.(16)

Do you think that you will be left [as you are] while Allāh has not yet made evident those among you who strive [for His cause] and do not take other than Allāh, His Messenger and the believers as intimates? And Allāh is [fully] Aware of what you do. [At-Tawba: 16]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 16

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Do you think that you will be left [as you are] while Allāh has not yet made evident those among you who strive [for His cause] and do not take other than Allāh, His Messenger and the believers as intimates? And Allāh is [fully] Aware of what you do.

Transliteration

Ayah 16

Am hasibtum an tutrakoo walamma yaAAlami Allahu allatheena jahadoo minkum walam yattakhithoo min dooni Allahi wala rasoolihi wala almumineena waleejatan waAllahu khabeerun bima taAAmaloona

Word-by-word

Ayah 16

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 أَمْ Am Or —
2 حَسِبْتُمْ hasibtum (do) you think ح س ب
3 أَن an that —
4 تُتْرَكُواْ tutrakoo you would be left ت ر ك
5 وَلَمَّا walamma while not —
6 يَعْلَمِ yaAAlami made evident ع ل م
7 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
8 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who —
9 جَاهَدُواْ jahadoo strive ج ه د
10 مِنكُمْ minkum among you —
11 وَلَمْ walam and not —
12 يَتَّخِذُواْ yattakhithoo take أ خ ذ
13 مِن min any —
14 دُونِ dooni besides د و ن
15 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
16 وَلَا wala and not —
17 رَسُولِهِۦ rasoolihi His Messenger ر س ل
18 وَلَا wala and not —
19 الْمُؤْمِنِينَ almumineena the believers أ م ن
20 وَلِيجَةً waleejatan (as) intimates و ل ج
21 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
22 خَبِيرٌ khabeerun (is) All-Aware خ ب ر
23 بِمَا bima of what —
24 تَعْمَلُونَ taAAmaloona you do ع م ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 17

مَا كَانَ لِلْمُشْرِكِينَ أَن يَعْمُرُوا۟ مَسَٰجِدَ ٱللَّهِ شَٰهِدِينَ عَلَىٰٓ أَنفُسِهِم بِٱلْكُفْرِ ۚ أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ حَبِطَتْ أَعْمَٰلُهُمْ وَفِى ٱلنَّارِ هُمْ خَٰلِدُونَ.(17)

It is not for the polytheists to maintain the mosques of Allāh [while] witnessing against themselves with disbelief. [For] those, their deeds have become worthless, and in the Fire they will abide eternally. [At-Tawba: 17]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 17

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

It is not for the polytheists to maintain the mosques of Allāh [while] witnessing against themselves with disbelief. [For] those, their deeds have become worthless, and in the Fire they will abide eternally.

Transliteration

Ayah 17

Ma kana lilmushrikeena an yaAAmuroo masajida Allahi shahideena AAala anfusihim bialkufri olaika habitat aAAmaluhum wafee alnnari hum khalidoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 17

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 مَا Ma not —
2 كَانَ kana (It) is ك و ن
3 لِلْمُشْرِكِينَ lilmushrikeena for the polytheists ش ر ك
4 أَن an that —
5 يَعْمُرُواْ yaAAmuroo they maintain ع م ر
6 مَسَاجِدَ masajida (the) masajid س ج د
7 اللهِ Allahi of Allah أ ل ه
8 شَاهِدِينَ shahideena (while) witnessing ش ه د
9 عَلَىٰٓ AAala against —
10 أَنفُسِهِمْ anfusihim themselves ن ف س
11 بِالْكُفْرِ bialkufri [with] disbelief ك ف ر
12 أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ olaika (For) those —
13 حَبِطَتْ habitat worthless ح ب ط
14 أَعْمَالُهُمْ aAAmaluhum (are) their deeds ع م ل
15 وَفِى wafee and in —
16 النَّارِ alnnari the Fire ن و ر
17 هُمْ hum they —
18 خَالِدُونَ khalidoona (will) abide forever خ ل د

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 18

إِنَّمَا يَعْمُرُ مَسَٰجِدَ ٱللَّهِ مَنْ ءَامَنَ بِٱللَّهِ وَٱلْيَوْمِ ٱلْآخِرِ وَأَقَامَ ٱلصَّلَوٰةَ وَءَاتَى ٱلزَّكَوٰةَ وَلَمْ يَخْشَ إِلَّا ٱللَّهَ ۖ فَعَسَىٰٓ أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ أَن يَكُونُوا۟ مِنَ ٱلْمُهْتَدِينَ.(18)

The mosques of Allāh are only to be maintained by those who believe in Allāh and the Last Day and establish prayer and give zakāh and do not fear except Allāh, for it is expected that those will be of the [rightly] guided. [At-Tawba: 18]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 18

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

The mosques of Allāh are only to be maintained by those who believe in Allāh and the Last Day and establish prayer and give zakāh and do not fear except Allāh, for it is expected that those will be of the [rightly] guided.

Transliteration

Ayah 18

Innama yaAAmuru masajida Allahi man amana biAllahi waalyawmi alakhiri waaqama alssalata waata alzzakata walam yakhsha illa Allaha faAAasa olaika an yakoonoo mina almuhtadeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 18

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّمَا Innama Only —
2 يَعْمُرُ yaAAmuru will maintain ع م ر
3 مَسَاجِدَ masajida (the) masajid س ج د
4 اللهِ Allahi of Allah أ ل ه
5 مَنْ man (the one) who —
6 اٰمَنَ amana believes أ م ن
7 بِاللهِ biAllahi in Allah أ ل ه
8 وَالْيَوْمِ waalyawmi and the Day ي و م
9 الاٰخِرِ alakhiri the Last أ خ ر
10 وَأَقَامَ waaqama and establishes ق و م
11 الصَّلَوٰةَ alssalata the prayer ص ل و
12 وَآتَى waata and gives أ ت ي
13 الزَّكَوٰةَ alzzakata the zakah ز ك و
14 وَلَمْ walam and not —
15 يَخْشَ yakhsha fear خ ش ي
16 إِلَّا illa except —
17 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
18 فَعَسَىٰٓ faAAasa Then perhaps ع س ي
19 أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ olaika those —
20 أَن an [that] —
21 يَكُونُواْ yakoonoo they are ك و ن
22 مِنَ mina of —
23 الْمُهْتَدِينَ almuhtadeena the guided ones ه د ي

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 19

أَجَعَلْتُمْ سِقَايَةَ ٱلْحَآجِّ وَعِمَارَةَ ٱلْمَسْجِدِ ٱلْحَرَامِ كَمَنْ ءَامَنَ بِٱللَّهِ وَٱلْيَوْمِ ٱلْآخِرِ وَجَٰهَدَ فِى سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ ۚ لَا يَسْتَوُۥنَ عِندَ ٱللَّهِ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ لَا يَهْدِى ٱلْقَوْمَ ٱلظَّٰلِمِينَ.(19)

Have you made the providing of water for the pilgrim and the maintenance of al-Masjid al-Ḥarām equal to [the deeds of] one who believes in Allāh and the Last Day and strives in the cause of Allāh? They are not equal in the sight of Allāh. And Allāh does not guide the wrongdoing people. [At-Tawba: 19]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 19

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Have you made the providing of water for the pilgrim and the maintenance of al-Masjid al-Ḥarām equal to [the deeds of] one who believes in Allāh and the Last Day and strives in the cause of Allāh? They are not equal in the sight of Allāh. And Allāh does not guide the wrongdoing people.

Transliteration

Ayah 19

AjaAAaltum siqayata alhajji waAAimarata almasjidi alharami kaman amana biAllahi waalyawmi alakhiri wajahada fee sabeeli Allahi la yastawoona AAinda Allahi waAllahu la yahdee alqawma alththalimeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 19

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 أَجَعَلْتُمْ AjaAAaltum Do you make? ج ع ل
2 سِقَايَةَ siqayata the providing of water س ق ي
3 الْحَآجِّ alhajji (to) the pilgrims ح ج ج
4 وَعِمَارَةَ waAAimarata and (the) maintenance ع م ر
5 الْمَسْجِدِ almasjidi (of) Al-Masjid س ج د
6 الْحَرَامِ alharami Al-Haraam ح ر م
7 كَمَنْ kaman like (the one) who —
8 اٰمَنَ amana believes أ م ن
9 بِاللهِ biAllahi in Allah أ ل ه
10 وَالْيَوْمِ waalyawmi and the Day ي و م
11 الاٰخِرِ alakhiri the Last أ خ ر
12 وَجَاهَدَ wajahada and strives ج ه د
13 فِى fee in —
14 سَبِيلِ sabeeli (the) way س ب ل
15 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
16 لَا la not —
17 يَسْتَوُونَ yastawoona They are equal س و ي
18 عِندَ AAinda near ع ن د
19 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
20 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
21 لَا la (does) not —
22 يَهْدِى yahdee guide ه د ي
23 الْقَوْمَ alqawma the people ق و م
24 الظَّالِمِينَ alththalimeena the wrongdoers ظ ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 20

ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَهَاجَرُوا۟ وَجَٰهَدُوا۟ فِى سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ بِأَمْوَٰلِهِمْ وَأَنفُسِهِمْ أَعْظَمُ دَرَجَةً عِندَ ٱللَّهِ ۚ وَأُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ هُمُ ٱلْفَآئِزُونَ.(20)

The ones who have believed, emigrated and striven in the cause of Allāh with their wealth and their lives are greater in rank in the sight of Allāh. And it is those who are the attainers [of success]. [At-Tawba: 20]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 20

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

The ones who have believed, emigrated and striven in the cause of Allāh with their wealth and their lives are greater in rank in the sight of Allāh. And it is those who are the attainers [of success].

Transliteration

Ayah 20

Allatheena amanoo wahajaroo wajahadoo fee sabeeli Allahi biamwalihim waanfusihim aAAthamu darajatan AAinda Allahi waolaika humu alfaizoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 20

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 الَّذِينَ Allatheena Those who —
2 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believed أ م ن
3 وَهَاجَرُواْ wahajaroo and emigrated ه ج ر
4 وَجَاهَدُواْ wajahadoo and strove ج ه د
5 فِى fee in —
6 سَبِيلِ sabeeli (the) way س ب ل
7 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
8 بِأَمْوَالِهِمْ biamwalihim with their wealth م و ل
9 وَأَنفُسِهِمْ waanfusihim and their lives ن ف س
10 أَعْظَمُ aAAthamu (are) greater ع ظ م
11 دَرَجَةً darajatan (in) rank د ر ج
12 عِندَ AAinda near ع ن د
13 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
14 وَأُوْلَٰٓئِكَ waolaika And those —
15 هُمُ humu they —
16 الْفَآئِزُونَ alfaizoona (are) the successful ف و ز

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 21

يُبَشِّرُهُمْ رَبُّهُم بِرَحْمَةٍۢ مِّنْهُ وَرِضْوَٰنٍۢ وَجَنَّٰتٍۢ لَّهُمْ فِيهَا نَعِيمٌۭ مُّقِيمٌ.(21)

Their Lord gives them good tidings of mercy from Him and approval and of gardens for them wherein is enduring pleasure. [At-Tawba: 21]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 21

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Their Lord gives them good tidings of mercy from Him and approval and of gardens for them wherein is enduring pleasure.

Transliteration

Ayah 21

Yubashshiruhum rabbuhum birahmatin minhu waridwanin wajannatin lahum feeha naAAeemun muqeemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 21

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يُبَشِّرُهُمْ Yubashshiruhum gives them glad tidings ب ش ر
2 رَبُّهُم rabbuhum Their Lord ر ب ب
3 بِرَحْمَةٍ birahmatin of Mercy ر ح م
4 مِّنْهُ minhu from Him —
5 وَرِضْوَانٍ waridwanin and Pleasure ر ض و
6 وَجَنَّاتٍ wajannatin and Gardens ج ن ن
7 لَّهُمْ lahum for them —
8 فِيهَا feeha in it —
9 نَعِيمٌ naAAeemun (is) bliss ن ع م
10 مُّقِيمٌ muqeemun enduring ق و م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 22

خَٰلِدِينَ فِيهَآ أَبَدًا ۚ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ عِندَهُۥٓ أَجْرٌ عَظِيمٌۭ.(22)

[They will be] abiding therein forever. Indeed, Allāh has with Him a great reward. [At-Tawba: 22]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 22

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

[They will be] abiding therein forever. Indeed, Allāh has with Him a great reward.

Transliteration

Ayah 22

Khalideena feeha abadan inna Allaha AAindahu ajrun AAatheemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 22

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 خَالِدِينَ Khalideena (They will) abide خ ل د
2 فِيهَآ feeha in it —
3 أَبَدًا abadan forever أ ب د
4 إِنَّ inna Indeed —
5 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
6 عِندَهُۥٓ AAindahu with Him ع ن د
7 أَجْرٌ ajrun (is) a reward أ ج ر
8 عَظِيمٌ AAatheemun great ع ظ م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 23

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ لَا تَتَّخِذُوٓا۟ ءَابَآءَكُمْ وَإِخْوَٰنَكُمْ أَوْلِيَآءَ إِنِ ٱسْتَحَبُّوا۟ ٱلْكُفْرَ عَلَى ٱلْإِيمَٰنِ ۚ وَمَن يَتَوَلَّهُم مِّنكُمْ فَأُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ هُمُ ٱلظَّٰلِمُونَ.(23)

O you who have believed, do not take your fathers or your brothers as allies if they have preferred disbelief over belief. And whoever does so among you - then it is those who are the wrongdoers. [At-Tawba: 23]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 23

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

O you who have believed, do not take your fathers or your brothers as allies if they have preferred disbelief over belief. And whoever does so among you - then it is those who are the wrongdoers.

Transliteration

Ayah 23

Ya ayyuha allatheena amanoo la tattakhithoo abaakum waikhwanakum awliyaa ini istahabboo alkufra AAala aleemani waman yatawallahum minkum faolaika humu alththalimoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 23

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَاأَيُّهَا yaayyuha O you —
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena who —
3 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe! أ م ن
4 لَا la (Do) not —
5 تَتَّخِذُواْ tattakhithoo take أ خ ذ
6 اٰبَآءَكُمْ abaakum your fathers أ ب و
7 وَإِخْوَانَكُمْ waikhwanakum and your brothers أ خ و
8 أَوْلِيَآءَ awliyaa (as) allies و ل ي
9 إِنِ ini if —
10 اسْتَحَبُّواْ istahabboo they prefer ح ب ب
11 الْكُفْرَ alkufra [the] disbelief ك ف ر
12 عَلَى AAala over —
13 الْإِيمَانِ aleemani [the] belief أ م ن
14 وَمَن waman And whoever —
15 يَتَوَلَّهُم yatawallahum takes them as allies و ل ي
16 مِّنكُمْ minkum among you —
17 فَأُوْلَٰٓئِكَ faolaika then those —
18 هُمُ humu [they] —
19 الظَّالِمُونَ alththalimoona (are) the wrongdoers ظ ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 24

قُلْ إِن كَانَ ءَابَآؤُكُمْ وَأَبْنَآؤُكُمْ وَإِخْوَٰنُكُمْ وَأَزْوَٰجُكُمْ وَعَشِيرَتُكُمْ وَأَمْوَٰلٌ ٱقْتَرَفْتُمُوهَا وَتِجَٰرَةٌۭ تَخْشَوْنَ كَسَادَهَا وَمَسَٰكِنُ تَرْضَوْنَهَآ أَحَبَّ إِلَيْكُم مِّنَ ٱللَّهِ وَرَسُولِهِۦ وَجِهَادٍۢ فِى سَبِيلِهِۦ فَتَرَبَّصُوا۟ حَتَّىٰ يَأْتِىَ ٱللَّهُ بِأَمْرِهِۦ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ لَا يَهْدِى ٱلْقَوْمَ ٱلْفَٰسِقِينَ.(24)

Say, [O Muḥammad], "If your fathers, your sons, your brothers, your wives, your relatives, wealth which you have obtained, commerce wherein you fear decline, and dwellings with which you are pleased are more beloved to you than Allāh and His Messenger and jihād [i.e., striving] in His cause, then wait until Allāh executes His command. And Allāh does not guide the defiantly disobedient people." [At-Tawba: 24]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 24

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Say, [O Muḥammad], "If your fathers, your sons, your brothers, your wives, your relatives, wealth which you have obtained, commerce wherein you fear decline, and dwellings with which you are pleased are more beloved to you than Allāh and His Messenger and jihād [i.e., striving] in His cause, then wait until Allāh executes His command. And Allāh does not guide the defiantly disobedient people."

Transliteration

Ayah 24

Qul in kana abaokum waabnaokum waikhwanukum waazwajukum waAAasheeratukum waamwalun iqtaraftumooha watijaratun takhshawna kasadaha wamasakinu tardawnaha ahabba ilaykum mina Allahi warasoolihi wajihadin fee sabeelihi fatarabbasoo hatta yatiya Allahu biamrihi waAllahu la yahdee alqawma alfasiqeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 24

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قُلْ Qul Say ق و ل
2 إِن in If —
3 كَانَ kana are ك و ن
4 اٰبَآؤُكُمْ abaokum your fathers أ ب و
5 وَأَبْنَآؤُكُمْ waabnaokum and your sons ب ن ي
6 وَإِخْوَانُكُمْ waikhwanukum and your brothers أ خ و
7 وَأَزْوَاجُكُمْ waazwajukum and your spouses ز و ج
8 وَعَشِيرَتُكُمْ waAAasheeratukum and your relatives ع ش ر
9 وَأَمْوَالٌ waamwalun and wealth م و ل
10 اقْتَرَفْتُمُوهَا iqtaraftumooha that you have acquired ق ر ف
11 وَتِجَارَةٌ watijaratun and the commerce ت ج ر
12 تَخْشَوْنَ takhshawna you fear خ ش ي
13 كَسَادَهَا kasadaha a decline (in) it ك س د
14 وَمَسَاكِنُ wamasakinu and the dwellings س ك ن
15 تَرْضَوْنَهَا tardawnaha you delight (in) it ر ض و
16 أَحَبَّ ahabba (are) more beloved ح ب ب
17 إِلَيْكُم ilaykum to you —
18 مِّنَ mina than —
19 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
20 وَرَسُولِهِۦ warasoolihi and His Messenger ر س ل
21 وَجِهَادٍ wajihadin and striving ج ه د
22 فِى fee in —
23 سَبِيلِهِۦ sabeelihi His way س ب ل
24 فَتَرَبَّصُواْ fatarabbasoo then wait ر ب ص
25 حَتَّىٰ hatta until —
26 يَأْتِىَ yatiya brings أ ت ي
27 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
28 بِأَمْرِهِۦ biamrihi with His Command أ م ر
29 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
30 لَا la (does) not —
31 يَهْدِى yahdee guide ه د ي
32 الْقَوْمَ alqawma the people ق و م
33 الْفَاسِقِينَ alfasiqeena the defiantly disobedient ف س ق

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 25

لَقَدْ نَصَرَكُمُ ٱللَّهُ فِى مَوَاطِنَ كَثِيرَةٍۢ ۙ وَيَوْمَ حُنَيْنٍ ۙ إِذْ أَعْجَبَتْكُمْ كَثْرَتُكُمْ فَلَمْ تُغْنِ عَنكُمْ شَيْـًۭٔا وَضَاقَتْ عَلَيْكُمُ ٱلْأَرْضُ بِمَا رَحُبَتْ ثُمَّ وَلَّيْتُم مُّدْبِرِينَ.(25)

Allāh has already given you victory in many regions and [even] on the day of Ḥunayn, when your great number pleased you, but it did not avail you at all, and the earth was confining for you with [i.e., in spite of] its vastness; then you turned back, fleeing. [At-Tawba: 25]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 25

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Allāh has already given you victory in many regions and [even] on the day of Ḥunayn, when your great number pleased you, but it did not avail you at all, and the earth was confining for you with [i.e., in spite of] its vastness; then you turned back, fleeing.

Transliteration

Ayah 25

Laqad nasarakumu Allahu fee mawatina katheeratin wayawma hunaynin ith aAAjabatkum kathratukum falam tughni AAankum shayan wadaqat AAalaykumu alardu bima rahubat thumma wallaytum mudbireena

Word-by-word

Ayah 25

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 لَقَدْ Laqad Verily —
2 نَصَرَكُمُ nasarakumu helped you ن ص ر
3 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
4 فِى fee in —
5 مَوَاطِنَ mawatina regions و ط ن
6 كَثِيرَةٍ katheeratin many ك ث ر
7 وَيَوْمَ wayawma and (on the) day ي و م
8 حُنَيْنٍ hunaynin (of) Hunain —
9 إِذْ ith when —
10 أَعْجَبَتْكُمْ aAAjabatkum pleased you ع ج ب
11 كَثْرَتُكُمْ kathratukum your multitude ك ث ر
12 فَلَمْ falam but not —
13 تُغْنِ tughni availed غ ن ي
14 عَنكُمْ AAankum you —
15 شَيْئًا shayan anything ش ي أ
16 وَضَاقَتْ wadaqat and (was) straitened ض ي ق
17 عَلَيْكُمُ AAalaykumu for you —
18 الْأَرْضُ alardu the earth أ ر ض
19 بِمَا bima (in spite) of —
20 رَحُبَتْ rahubat its vastness ر ح ب
21 ثُمَّ thumma then —
22 وَلَّيْتُم wallaytum you turned back و ل ي
23 مُّدْبِرِينَ mudbireena fleeing د ب ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 26

ثُمَّ أَنزَلَ ٱللَّهُ سَكِينَتَهُۥ عَلَىٰ رَسُولِهِۦ وَعَلَى ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ وَأَنزَلَ جُنُودًۭا لَّمْ تَرَوْهَا وَعَذَّبَ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ ۚ وَذَٰلِكَ جَزَآءُ ٱلْكَٰفِرِينَ.(26)

Then Allāh sent down His tranquility upon His Messenger and upon the believers and sent down soldiers [i.e., angels] whom you did not see and punished those who disbelieved. And that is the recompense of the disbelievers. [At-Tawba: 26]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 26

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Then Allāh sent down His tranquility upon His Messenger and upon the believers and sent down soldiers [i.e., angels] whom you did not see and punished those who disbelieved. And that is the recompense of the disbelievers.

Transliteration

Ayah 26

Thumma anzala Allahu sakeenatahu AAala rasoolihi waAAala almumineena waanzala junoodan lam tarawha waAAaththaba allatheena kafaroo wathalika jazao alkafireena

Word-by-word

Ayah 26

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 ثُمَّ Thumma Then —
2 أَنزَلَ anzala sent down ن ز ل
3 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
4 سَكِينَتَهُۥ sakeenatahu His tranquility س ك ن
5 عَلَىٰ AAala on —
6 رَسُولِهِۦ rasoolihi His Messenger ر س ل
7 وَعَلَى waAAala and on —
8 الْمُؤْمِنِينَ almumineena the believers أ م ن
9 وَأَنزَلَ waanzala and sent down ن ز ل
10 جُنُودًا junoodan forces ج ن د
11 لَّمْ lam did not —
12 تَرَوْهَا tarawha which you see ر أ ي
13 وَعَذَّبَ waAAaththaba and He punished ع ذ ب
14 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who —
15 كَفَرُواْ kafaroo disbelieved ك ف ر
16 وَذَٰلِكَ wathalika And that —
17 جَزَآءُ jazao (is) the recompense ج ز ي
18 الْكَافِرِينَ alkafireena (of) the disbelievers ك ف ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 27

ثُمَّ يَتُوبُ ٱللَّهُ مِنۢ بَعْدِ ذَٰلِكَ عَلَىٰ مَن يَشَآءُ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ غَفُورٌۭ رَّحِيمٌۭ.(27)

Then Allāh will accept repentance after that for whom He wills; and Allāh is Forgiving and Merciful. [At-Tawba: 27]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 27

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Then Allāh will accept repentance after that for whom He wills; and Allāh is Forgiving and Merciful.

Transliteration

Ayah 27

Thumma yatoobu Allahu min baAAdi thalika AAala man yashao waAllahu ghafoorun raheemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 27

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 ثُمَّ Thumma Then —
2 يَتُوبُ yatoobu accepts repentance ت و ب
3 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
4 مِن min from —
5 بَعْدِ baAAdi after ب ع د
6 ذَٰلِكَ thalika that —
7 عَلَىٰ AAala for —
8 مَن man whom —
9 يَشَآءُ yashao He wills ش ي أ
10 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
11 غَفُورٌ ghafoorun (is) Oft-Forgiving غ ف ر
12 رَّحِيمٌ raheemun Most Merciful ر ح م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 28

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوٓا۟ إِنَّمَا ٱلْمُشْرِكُونَ نَجَسٌۭ فَلَا يَقْرَبُوا۟ ٱلْمَسْجِدَ ٱلْحَرَامَ بَعْدَ عَامِهِمْ هَٰذَا ۚ وَإِنْ خِفْتُمْ عَيْلَةًۭ فَسَوْفَ يُغْنِيكُمُ ٱللَّهُ مِن فَضْلِهِۦٓ إِن شَآءَ ۚ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ عَلِيمٌ حَكِيمٌۭ.(28)

O you who have believed, indeed the polytheists are unclean, so let them not approach al-Masjid al-Ḥarām after this, their [final] year. And if you fear privation, Allāh will enrich you from His bounty if He wills. Indeed, Allāh is Knowing and Wise. [At-Tawba: 28]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 28

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

O you who have believed, indeed the polytheists are unclean, so let them not approach al-Masjid al-Ḥarām after this, their [final] year. And if you fear privation, Allāh will enrich you from His bounty if He wills. Indeed, Allāh is Knowing and Wise.

Transliteration

Ayah 28

Ya ayyuha allatheena amanoo innama almushrikoona najasun fala yaqraboo almasjida alharama baAAda AAamihim hatha wain khiftum AAaylatan fasawfa yughneekumu Allahu min fadlihi in shaa inna Allaha AAaleemun hakeemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 28

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَاأَيُّهَا yaayyuha O you —
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena who —
3 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe! أ م ن
4 إِنَّمَا innama Indeed —
5 الْمُشْرِكُونَ almushrikoona the polytheists ش ر ك
6 نَجَسٌ najasun (are) unclean ن ج س
7 فَلَا fala so let them not —
8 يَقْرَبُواْ yaqraboo come near ق ر ب
9 الْمَسْجِدَ almasjida the Al-Masjid س ج د
10 الْحَرَامَ alharama Al-Haraam ح ر م
11 بَعْدَ baAAda after ب ع د
12 عَامِهِمْ AAamihim their (final) year ع و م
13 هَٰذَا hatha this —
14 وَإِنْ wain And if —
15 خِفْتُمْ khiftum you fear خ و ف
16 عَيْلَةً AAaylatan poverty ع ي ل
17 فَسَوْفَ fasawfa then soon —
18 يُغْنِيكُمُ yughneekumu will enrich you غ ن ي
19 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
20 مِن min from —
21 فَضْلِهِۦٓ fadlihi His Bounty ف ض ل
22 إِن in if —
23 شَآءَ shaa He wills ش ي أ
24 إِنَّ inna Indeed —
25 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
26 عَلِيمٌ AAaleemun (is) All-Knower ع ل م
27 حَكِيمٌ hakeemun All-Wise ح ك م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 29

قَٰتِلُوا۟ ٱلَّذِينَ لَا يُؤْمِنُونَ بِٱللَّهِ وَلَا بِٱلْيَوْمِ ٱلْآخِرِ وَلَا يُحَرِّمُونَ مَا حَرَّمَ ٱللَّهُ وَرَسُولُهُۥ وَلَا يَدِينُونَ دِينَ ٱلْحَقِّ مِنَ ٱلَّذِينَ أُوتُوا۟ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ حَتَّىٰ يُعْطُوا۟ ٱلْجِزْيَةَ عَن يَدٍۢ وَهُمْ صَٰغِرُونَ.(29)

Fight against those who do not believe in Allāh or in the Last Day and who do not consider unlawful what Allāh and His Messenger have made unlawful and who do not adopt the religion of truth [i.e., Islām] from those who were given the Scripture - [fight] until they give the jizyah1 willingly while they are humbled. [At-Tawba: 29]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 29

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Fight against those who do not believe in Allāh or in the Last Day and who do not consider unlawful what Allāh and His Messenger have made unlawful and who do not adopt the religion of truth [i.e., Islām] from those who were given the Scripture - [fight] until they give the jizyah1 willingly while they are humbled.

Transliteration

Ayah 29

Qatiloo allatheena la yuminoona biAllahi wala bialyawmi alakhiri wala yuharrimoona ma harrama Allahu warasooluhu wala yadeenoona deena alhaqqi mina allatheena ootoo alkitaba hatta yuAAtoo aljizyata AAan yadin wahum saghiroona

Word-by-word

Ayah 29

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قَاتِلُواْ Qatiloo Fight ق ت ل
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who —
3 لَا la (do) not —
4 يُؤْمِنُونَ yuminoona believe أ م ن
5 بِاللهِ biAllahi in Allah أ ل ه
6 وَلَا wala and not —
7 بِالْيَوْمِ bialyawmi in the Day ي و م
8 الاٰخِرِ alakhiri the Last أ خ ر
9 وَلَا wala and not —
10 يُحَرِّمُونَ yuharrimoona they make unlawful ح ر م
11 مَا ma what —
12 حَرَّمَ harrama has made unlawful ح ر م
13 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
14 وَرَسُولُهُۥ warasooluhu and His Messenger ر س ل
15 وَلَا wala and not —
16 يَدِينُونَ yadeenoona they acknowledge د ي ن
17 دِينَ deena (the) religion د ي ن
18 الْحَقِّ alhaqqi (of) the truth ح ق ق
19 مِنَ mina from —
20 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who —
21 أُوتُواْ ootoo were given أ ت ي
22 الْكِتَابَ alkitaba the Scripture ك ت ب
23 حَتَّىٰ hatta until —
24 يُعْطُواْ yuAAtoo they pay ع ط و
25 الْجِزْيَةَ aljizyata the jizyah ج ز ي
26 عَن AAan with —
27 يَدٍ yadin hand (willingly) ي د ي
28 وَهُمْ wahum while they —
29 صَاغِرُونَ saghiroona (are) subdued ص غ ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 30

وَقَالَتِ ٱلْيَهُودُ عُزَيْرٌ ٱبْنُ ٱللَّهِ وَقَالَتِ ٱلنَّصَٰرَى ٱلْمَسِيحُ ٱبْنُ ٱللَّهِ ۖ ذَٰلِكَ قَوْلُهُم بِأَفْوَٰهِهِمْ ۖ يُضَٰهِـُٔونَ قَوْلَ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ مِن قَبْلُ ۚ قَٰتَلَهُمُ ٱللَّهُ ۚ أَنَّىٰ يُؤْفَكُونَ.(30)

The Jews say, "Ezra is the son of Allāh"; and the Christians say, "The Messiah is the son of Allāh." That is their statement from their mouths; they imitate the saying of those who disbelieved before [them]. May Allāh destroy them; how are they deluded? [At-Tawba: 30]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 30

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

The Jews say, "Ezra is the son of Allāh"; and the Christians say, "The Messiah is the son of Allāh." That is their statement from their mouths; they imitate the saying of those who disbelieved before [them]. May Allāh destroy them; how are they deluded?

Transliteration

Ayah 30

Waqalati alyahoodu AAuzayrun ibnu Allahi waqalati alnnasara almaseehu ibnu Allahi thalika qawluhum biafwahihim yudahioona qawla allatheena kafaroo min qablu qatalahumu Allahu anna yufakoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 30

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَقَالَتِ Waqalati And said ق و ل
2 الْيَهُودُ alyahoodu the Jews —
3 عُزَيْرٌ AAuzayrun Uzair —
4 ابْنُ ibnu (is) son ب ن ي
5 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
6 وَقَالَتِ waqalati And said ق و ل
7 النَّصَارَىٰ alnnasara the Christians ن ص ر
8 الْمَسِيحُ almaseehu Messiah —
9 ابْنُ ibnu (is) son ب ن ي
10 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
11 ذَٰلِكَ thalika That —
12 قَوْلُهُم qawluhum (is) their saying ق و ل
13 بِأَفْوَاهِهِمْ biafwahihim with their mouths ف و ه
14 يُضَٰهِـُٔونَ yudahioona they imitate ض ه أ
15 قَوْلَ qawla the saying ق و ل
16 الَّذِينَ allatheena (of) those who —
17 كَفَرُواْ kafaroo disbelieved ك ف ر
18 مِن min from —
19 قَبْلُ qablu before ق ب ل
20 قَاتَلَهُمُ qatalahumu (May) destroy them ق ت ل
21 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
22 أَنَّىٰ anna How? أ ن ي
23 يُؤْفَكُونَ yufakoona deluded are they! أ ف ك

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 31

ٱتَّخَذُوٓا۟ أَحْبَارَهُمْ وَرُهْبَٰنَهُمْ أَرْبَابًۭا مِّن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ وَٱلْمَسِيحَ ٱبْنَ مَرْيَمَ وَمَآ أُمِرُوٓا۟ إِلَّا لِيَعْبُدُوٓا۟ إِلَٰهًۭا وَٰحِدًۭا ۖ لَّآ إِلَٰهَ إِلَّا هُوَ ۚ سُبْحَٰنَهُۥ عَمَّا يُشْرِكُونَ.(31)

They have taken their scholars and monks as lords besides Allāh,1 and [also] the Messiah, the son of Mary.2 And they were not commanded except to worship one God; there is no deity except Him. Exalted is He above whatever they associate with Him. [At-Tawba: 31]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 31

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

They have taken their scholars and monks as lords besides Allāh,1 and [also] the Messiah, the son of Mary.2 And they were not commanded except to worship one God; there is no deity except Him. Exalted is He above whatever they associate with Him.

Transliteration

Ayah 31

Ittakhathoo ahbarahum waruhbanahum arbaban min dooni Allahi waalmaseeha ibna maryama wama omiroo illa liyaAAbudoo ilahan wahidan la ilaha illa huwa subhanahu AAamma yushrikoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 31

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 اتَّخَذُوٓاْ Ittakhathoo They have taken أ خ ذ
2 أَحْبَارَهُمْ ahbarahum their rabbis ح ب ر
3 وَرُهْبَانَهُمْ waruhbanahum and their monks ر ه ب
4 أَرْبَابًا arbaban (as) Lords ر ب ب
5 مِّن min from —
6 دُونِ dooni besides د و ن
7 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
8 وَالْمَسِيحَ waalmaseeha and the Messiah —
9 ابْنَ ibna son ب ن ي
10 مَرْيَمَ maryama (of) Maryam —
11 وَمَآ wama And not —
12 أُمِرُوٓاْ omiroo they were commanded أ م ر
13 إِلَّا illa except —
14 لِيَعْبُدُوٓاْ liyaAAbudoo that they worship ع ب د
15 إِلَٰهًا ilahan God أ ل ه
16 وَاحِدًا wahidan One و ح د
17 لَّآ la (There) is no —
18 إِلَٰهَ ilaha god أ ل ه
19 إِلَّا illa except —
20 هُوَ huwa Him —
21 سُبْحَٰنَهُۥ subhanahu Glory be to Him س ب ح
22 عَمَّا AAamma from what —
23 يُشْرِكُونَ yushrikoona they associate (with Him) ش ر ك

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 32

يُرِيدُونَ أَن يُطْفِـُٔوا۟ نُورَ ٱللَّهِ بِأَفْوَٰهِهِمْ وَيَأْبَى ٱللَّهُ إِلَّآ أَن يُتِمَّ نُورَهُۥ وَلَوْ كَرِهَ ٱلْكَٰفِرُونَ.(32)

They want to extinguish the light of Allāh with their mouths, but Allāh refuses except to perfect His light, although the disbelievers dislike it. [At-Tawba: 32]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 32

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

They want to extinguish the light of Allāh with their mouths, but Allāh refuses except to perfect His light, although the disbelievers dislike it.

Transliteration

Ayah 32

Yureedoona an yutfioo noora Allahi biafwahihim wayaba Allahu illa an yutimma noorahu walaw kariha alkafiroona

Word-by-word

Ayah 32

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يُرِيدُونَ Yureedoona They want ر و د
2 أَن an to —
3 يُطْفِئُواْ yutfioo extinguish ط ف أ
4 نُورَ noora light ن و ر
5 اللهِ Allahi of Allah أ ل ه
6 بِأَفْوَاهِهِمْ biafwahihim with their mouths ف و ه
7 وَيَأْبَى wayaba but refuses أ ب ي
8 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
9 إِلَّآ illa except —
10 أَن an to —
11 يُتِمَّ yutimma perfect ت م م
12 نُورَهُۥ noorahu His Light ن و ر
13 وَلَوْ walaw even if —
14 كَرِهَ kariha dislike (it) ك ر ه
15 الْكَافِرُونَ alkafiroona the disbelievers ك ف ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 33

هُوَ ٱلَّذِىٓ أَرْسَلَ رَسُولَهُۥ بِٱلْهُدَىٰ وَدِينِ ٱلْحَقِّ لِيُظْهِرَهُۥ عَلَى ٱلدِّينِ كُلِّهِۦ وَلَوْ كَرِهَ ٱلْمُشْرِكُونَ.(33)

It is He who has sent His Messenger with guidance and the religion of truth to manifest it over all religion, although they who associate others with Allāh dislike it. [At-Tawba: 33]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 33

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

It is He who has sent His Messenger with guidance and the religion of truth to manifest it over all religion, although they who associate others with Allāh dislike it.

Transliteration

Ayah 33

Huwa allathee arsala rasoolahu bialhuda wadeeni alhaqqi liyuthhirahu AAala alddeeni kullihi walaw kariha almushrikoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 33

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 هُوَ Huwa He —
2 الَّذِىٓ allathee (is) the One Who —
3 أَرْسَلَ arsala has sent ر س ل
4 رَسُولَهُۥ rasoolahu His Messenger ر س ل
5 بِالْهُدَىٰ bialhuda with the guidance ه د ي
6 وَدِينِ wadeeni and the religion د ي ن
7 الْحَقِّ alhaqqi (of) [the] truth ح ق ق
8 لِيُظْهِرَهُۥ liyuthhirahu to manifest it ظ ه ر
9 عَلَى AAala over —
10 الدِّينِ alddeeni religions د ي ن
11 كُلِّهِۦ kullihi all ك ل ل
12 وَلَوْ walaw Even if —
13 كَرِهَ kariha dislike (it) ك ر ه
14 الْمُشْرِكُونَ almushrikoona the polytheists ش ر ك

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 34

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوٓا۟ إِنَّ كَثِيرًۭا مِّنَ ٱلْأَحْبَارِ وَٱلرُّهْبَانِ لَيَأْكُلُونَ أَمْوَٰلَ ٱلنَّاسِ بِٱلْبَٰطِلِ وَيَصُدُّونَ عَن سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ ۗ وَٱلَّذِينَ يَكْنِزُونَ ٱلذَّهَبَ وَٱلْفِضَّةَ وَلَا يُنفِقُونَهَا فِى سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ فَبَشِّرْهُم بِعَذَابٍ أَلِيمٍۢ.(34)

O you who have believed, indeed many of the scholars and the monks devour the wealth of people unjustly1 and avert [them] from the way of Allāh. And those who hoard gold and silver and spend it not in the way of Allāh - give them tidings of a painful punishment. [At-Tawba: 34]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 34

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

O you who have believed, indeed many of the scholars and the monks devour the wealth of people unjustly1 and avert [them] from the way of Allāh. And those who hoard gold and silver and spend it not in the way of Allāh - give them tidings of a painful punishment.

Transliteration

Ayah 34

Ya ayyuha allatheena amanoo inna katheeran mina alahbari waalrruhbani layakuloona amwala alnnasi bialbatili wayasuddoona AAan sabeeli Allahi waallatheena yaknizoona alththahaba waalfiddata wala yunfiqoonaha fee sabeeli Allahi fabashshirhum biAAathabin aleemin

Word-by-word

Ayah 34

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَاأَيُّهَا yaayyuha O you —
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena who —
3 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe! أ م ن
4 إِنَّ inna Indeed —
5 كَثِيرًا katheeran many ك ث ر
6 مِّنَ mina of —
7 الْأَحْبَارِ alahbari the rabbis ح ب ر
8 وَالرُّهْبَانِ waalrruhbani and the monks ر ه ب
9 لَيَأْكُلُونَ layakuloona surely eat أ ك ل
10 أَمْوَالَ amwala (the) wealth م و ل
11 النَّاسِ alnnasi (of) the people ن و س
12 بِالْبَاطِلِ bialbatili in falsehood ب ط ل
13 وَيَصُدُّونَ wayasuddoona and hinder ص د د
14 عَن AAan from —
15 سَبِيلِ sabeeli (the) way س ب ل
16 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
17 وَالَّذِينَ waallatheena And those who —
18 يَكْنِزُونَ yaknizoona hoard ك ن ز
19 الذَّهَبَ alththahaba the gold ذ ه ب
20 وَالْفِضَّةَ waalfiddata and the silver ف ض ض
21 وَلَا wala and (do) not —
22 يُنفِقُونَهَا yunfiqoonaha spend it ن ف ق
23 فِى fee in —
24 سَبِيلِ sabeeli (the) way س ب ل
25 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
26 فَبَشِّرْهُم fabashshirhum [so] give them tidings ب ش ر
27 بِعَذَابٍ biAAathabin of a punishment ع ذ ب
28 أَلِيمٍ aleemin painful أ ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 35

يَوْمَ يُحْمَىٰ عَلَيْهَا فِى نَارِ جَهَنَّمَ فَتُكْوَىٰ بِهَا جِبَاهُهُمْ وَجُنُوبُهُمْ وَظُهُورُهُمْ ۖ هَٰذَا مَا كَنَزْتُمْ لِأَنفُسِكُمْ فَذُوقُوا۟ مَا كُنتُمْ تَكْنِزُونَ.(35)

The Day when it1 will be heated in the fire of Hell and seared therewith will be their foreheads, their flanks, and their backs, [it will be said], "This is what you hoarded for yourselves, so taste what you used to hoard." [At-Tawba: 35]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 35

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

The Day when it1 will be heated in the fire of Hell and seared therewith will be their foreheads, their flanks, and their backs, [it will be said], "This is what you hoarded for yourselves, so taste what you used to hoard."

Transliteration

Ayah 35

Yawma yuhma AAalayha fee nari jahannama fatukwa biha jibahuhum wajunoobuhum wathuhooruhum hatha ma kanaztum lianfusikum fathooqoo ma kuntum taknizoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 35

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَوْمَ Yawma (The) Day ي و م
2 يُحْمَىٰ yuhma it will be heated ح م ي
3 عَلَيْهَا AAalayha [on it] —
4 فِى fee in —
5 نَارِ nari the Fire ن و ر
6 جَهَنَّمَ jahannama (of) Hell —
7 فَتُكْوَىٰ fatukwa and will be branded ك و ي
8 بِهَا biha with it —
9 جِبَاهُهُمْ jibahuhum their foreheads ج ب ه
10 وَجُنوبُهُمْ wajunoobuhum and their flanks ج ن ب
11 وَظُهُورُهُمْ wathuhooruhum and their backs ظ ه ر
12 هَٰذَا hatha This —
13 مَا ma (is) what —
14 كَنَزْتُمْ kanaztum you hoarded ك ن ز
15 لِأَنفُسِكُمْ lianfusikum for yourselves ن ف س
16 فَذُوقُواْ fathooqoo so taste ذ و ق
17 مَا ma what —
18 كُنتُمْ kuntum you used to ك و ن
19 تَكْنِزُونَ taknizoona hoard ك ن ز

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 36

إِنَّ عِدَّةَ ٱلشُّهُورِ عِندَ ٱللَّهِ ٱثْنَا عَشَرَ شَهْرًۭا فِى كِتَٰبِ ٱللَّهِ يَوْمَ خَلَقَ ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضَ مِنْهَآ أَرْبَعَةٌ حُرُمٌۭ ۚ ذَٰلِكَ ٱلدِّينُ ٱلْقَيِّمُ ۚ فَلَا تَظْلِمُوا۟ فِيهِنَّ أَنفُسَكُمْ ۚ وَقَٰتِلُوا۟ ٱلْمُشْرِكِينَ كَآفَّةًۭ كَمَا يُقَٰتِلُونَكُمْ كَآفَّةًۭ ۚ وَٱعْلَمُوٓا۟ أَنَّ ٱللَّهَ مَعَ ٱلْمُتَّقِينَ.(36)

Indeed, the number of months with Allāh is twelve [lunar] months in the register of Allāh [from] the day He created the heavens and the earth; of these, four are sacred.1 That is the correct religion [i.e., way], so do not wrong yourselves during them.2 And fight against the disbelievers collectively as they fight against you collectively. And know that Allāh is with the righteous [who fear Him]. [At-Tawba: 36]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 36

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Indeed, the number of months with Allāh is twelve [lunar] months in the register of Allāh [from] the day He created the heavens and the earth; of these, four are sacred.1 That is the correct religion [i.e., way], so do not wrong yourselves during them.2 And fight against the disbelievers collectively as they fight against you collectively. And know that Allāh is with the righteous [who fear Him].

Transliteration

Ayah 36

Inna AAiddata alshshuhoori AAinda Allahi ithna AAashara shahran fee kitabi Allahi yawma khalaqa alssamawati waalarda minha arbaAAatun hurumun thalika alddeenu alqayyimu fala tathlimoo feehinna anfusakum waqatiloo almushrikeena kaffatan kama yuqatiloonakum kaffatan waiAAlamoo anna Allaha maAAa almuttaqeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 36

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّ Inna Indeed —
2 عِدَّةَ AAiddata (the) number ع د د
3 الشُّهُورِ alshshuhoori (of) the months ش ه ر
4 عِندَ AAinda with ع ن د
5 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
6 اثْنَا ithna (is) two (twelve) ث ن ي
7 عَشَرَ AAashara (is) ten (twelve) ع ش ر
8 شَهْرًا shahran months ش ه ر
9 فِى fee in —
10 كِتَابِ kitabi (the) ordinance ك ت ب
11 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
12 يَوْمَ yawma (from the) Day ي و م
13 خَلَقَ khalaqa He created خ ل ق
14 السَّمَاوَات alssamawati the heavens س م و
15 وَالْأَرْضَ waalarda and the earth أ ر ض
16 مِنْهَآ minha of them —
17 أَرْبَعَةٌ arbaAAatun four ر ب ع
18 حُرُمٌ hurumun (are) sacred ح ر م
19 ذَٰلِكَ thalika That —
20 الدِّينُ alddeenu (is) the religion د ي ن
21 الْقَيِّمُ alqayyimu the upright ق و م
22 فَلَا fala so (do) not —
23 تَظْلِمُواْ tathlimoo wrong ظ ل م
24 فِيهِنَّ feehinna therein —
25 أَنفُسَكُمْ anfusakum yourselves ن ف س
26 وَقَاتِلُواْ waqatiloo And fight ق ت ل
27 الْمُشْرِكِينَ almushrikeena the polytheists ش ر ك
28 كَآفَّةً kaffatan all together ك ف ف
29 كَمَا kama as —
30 يُقَاتِلُونَكُمْ yuqatiloonakum they fight you ق ت ل
31 كَآفَّةً kaffatan all together ك ف ف
32 وَاعْلَمُوٓاْ waiAAlamoo And know ع ل م
33 أَنَّ anna that —
34 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
35 مَعَ maAAa (is) with —
36 الْمُتَّقِينَ almuttaqeena the righteous و ق ي

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 37

إِنَّمَا ٱلنَّسِىٓءُ زِيَادَةٌۭ فِى ٱلْكُفْرِ ۖ يُضَلُّ بِهِ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ يُحِلُّونَهُۥ عَامًۭا وَيُحَرِّمُونَهُۥ عَامًۭا لِّيُوَاطِـُٔوا۟ عِدَّةَ مَا حَرَّمَ ٱللَّهُ فَيُحِلُّوا۟ مَا حَرَّمَ ٱللَّهُ ۚ زُيِّنَ لَهُمْ سُوٓءُ أَعْمَٰلِهِمْ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ لَا يَهْدِى ٱلْقَوْمَ ٱلْكَٰفِرِينَ.(37)

Indeed, the postponing [of restriction within sacred months] is an increase in disbelief by which those who have disbelieved are led [further] astray. They make it1 lawful one year and unlawful another year to correspond to the number made unlawful by Allāh2 and [thus] make lawful what Allāh has made unlawful. Made pleasing to them is the evil of their deeds; and Allāh does not guide the disbelieving people. [At-Tawba: 37]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 37

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Indeed, the postponing [of restriction within sacred months] is an increase in disbelief by which those who have disbelieved are led [further] astray. They make it1 lawful one year and unlawful another year to correspond to the number made unlawful by Allāh2 and [thus] make lawful what Allāh has made unlawful. Made pleasing to them is the evil of their deeds; and Allāh does not guide the disbelieving people.

Transliteration

Ayah 37

Innama alnnaseeo ziyadatun fee alkufri yudallu bihi allatheena kafaroo yuhilloonahu AAaman wayuharrimoonahu AAaman liyuwatioo AAiddata ma harrama Allahu fayuhilloo ma harrama Allahu zuyyina lahum sooo aAAmalihim waAllahu la yahdee alqawma alkafireena

Word-by-word

Ayah 37

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّمَا Innama Indeed —
2 النَّسِىٓءُ alnnaseeo the postponing ن س أ
3 زِيَادَةٌ ziyadatun (is) an increase ز ي د
4 فِى fee in —
5 الْكُفْرِ alkufri the disbelief ك ف ر
6 يُضَلُّ yudallu are led astray ض ل ل
7 بِهِ bihi by it —
8 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who —
9 كَفَرُواْ kafaroo disbelieve ك ف ر
10 يُحِلِّونَهُۥ yuhilloonahu They make it lawful ح ل ل
11 عَامًا AAaman one year ع و م
12 وَيُحَرِّمُونَهُۥ wayuharrimoonahu and make it unlawful ح ر م
13 عَامًا AAaman (another) year ع و م
14 لِّيُوَاطِئُواْ liyuwatioo to adjust و ط أ
15 عِدَّةَ AAiddata the number ع د د
16 مَا ma which —
17 حَرَّمَ harrama has made unlawful ح ر م
18 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
19 فَيُحِلُّواْ fayuhilloo and making lawful ح ل ل
20 مَا ma what —
21 حَرَّمَ harrama has made unlawful ح ر م
22 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
23 زُيِّنَ zuyyina Is made fair-seeming ز ي ن
24 لَهُمْ lahum to them —
25 سُوٓءُ sooo (the) evil س و أ
26 أَعْمَالِهِمْ aAAmalihim (of) their deeds ع م ل
27 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
28 لَا la (does) not —
29 يَهْدِى yahdee guide ه د ي
30 الْقَوْمَ alqawma the people ق و م
31 الْكَافِرِينَ alkafireena the disbelievers ك ف ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 38

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ مَا لَكُمْ إِذَا قِيلَ لَكُمُ ٱنفِرُوا۟ فِى سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ ٱثَّاقَلْتُمْ إِلَى ٱلْأَرْضِ ۚ أَرَضِيتُم بِٱلْحَيَوٰةِ ٱلدُّنْيَا مِنَ ٱلْآخِرَةِ ۚ فَمَا مَتَٰعُ ٱلْحَيَوٰةِ ٱلدُّنْيَا فِى ٱلْآخِرَةِ إِلَّا قَلِيلٌ.(38)

O you who have believed, what is [the matter] with you that, when you are told to go forth in the cause of Allāh, you adhere heavily to the earth?1 Are you satisfied with the life of this world rather than the Hereafter? But what is the enjoyment of worldly life compared to the Hereafter except a [very] little. [At-Tawba: 38]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 38

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

O you who have believed, what is [the matter] with you that, when you are told to go forth in the cause of Allāh, you adhere heavily to the earth?1 Are you satisfied with the life of this world rather than the Hereafter? But what is the enjoyment of worldly life compared to the Hereafter except a [very] little.

Transliteration

Ayah 38

Ya ayyuha allatheena amanoo ma lakum itha qeela lakumu infiroo fee sabeeli Allahi iththaqaltum ila alardi aradeetum bialhayati alddunya mina alakhirati fama mataAAu alhayati alddunya fee alakhirati illa qaleelun

Word-by-word

Ayah 38

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَاأَيُّهَا yaayyuha O you —
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena who —
3 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe! أ م ن
4 مَا ma What? —
5 لَكُمْ lakum (is the matter) with you —
6 إِذَا itha when —
7 قِيلَ qeela it is said ق و ل
8 لَكُمُ lakumu to you —
9 انفِرُواْ infiroo go forth ن ف ر
10 فِى fee in —
11 سَبِيلِ sabeeli (the) way س ب ل
12 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
13 اثَّاقَلْتُمْ iththaqaltum you cling heavily ث ق ل
14 إِلَى ila to —
15 الْأَرْضِ alardi the earth أ ر ض
16 أَرَضِيتُم aradeetum Are you pleased? ر ض و
17 بِالْحَيَاةِ bialhayati with the life ح ي ي
18 الدُّنْيَا alddunya (of) the world د ن و
19 مِنَ mina (rather) than —
20 الاٰخِرَةِ alakhirati the Hereafter أ خ ر
21 فَمَا fama But what —
22 مَتَاعُ mataAAu (is the) enjoyment م ت ع
23 الْحَيَاةِ alhayati (of) the life ح ي ي
24 الدُّنْيَا alddunya (of) the world د ن و
25 فِى fee in (comparison to) —
26 الاٰخِرَةِ alakhirati the hereafter أ خ ر
27 إِلَّا illa except —
28 قَلِيلٌ qaleelun a little ق ل ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 39

إِلَّا تَنفِرُوا۟ يُعَذِّبْكُمْ عَذَابًا أَلِيمًۭا وَيَسْتَبْدِلْ قَوْمًا غَيْرَكُمْ وَلَا تَضُرُّوهُ شَيْـًۭٔا ۗ وَٱللَّهُ عَلَىٰ كُلِّ شَىْءٍۢ قَدِيرٌ.(39)

If you do not go forth, He will punish you with a painful punishment and will replace you with another people, and you will not harm Him at all. And Allāh is over all things competent. [At-Tawba: 39]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 39

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

If you do not go forth, He will punish you with a painful punishment and will replace you with another people, and you will not harm Him at all. And Allāh is over all things competent.

Transliteration

Ayah 39

Illa tanfiroo yuAAaththibkum AAathaban aleeman wayastabdil qawman ghayrakum wala tadurroohu shayan waAllahu AAala kulli shayin qadeerun

Word-by-word

Ayah 39

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِلَّا Illa If not —
2 تَنفِرُواْ tanfiroo you go forth ن ف ر
3 يُعَذِّبْكُمْ yuAAaththibkum He will punish you ع ذ ب
4 عَذَابًا AAathaban (with) a punishment ع ذ ب
5 أَلِيمًا aleeman painful أ ل م
6 وَيَسْتَبْدِلْ wayastabdil and will replace you ب د ل
7 قَوْمًا qawman (with) a people ق و م
8 غَيْرَكُمْ ghayrakum other than you غ ي ر
9 وَلَا wala and not —
10 تَضُرُّوهُ tadurroohu you can harm Him ض ر ر
11 شَيْئًا shayan (in) anything ش ي أ
12 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
13 عَلَىٰ AAala (is) on —
14 كُلِّ kulli every ك ل ل
15 شَىْءٍ shayin thing ش ي أ
16 قَدِيرٌ qadeerun All-Powerful ق د ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 40

إِلَّا تَنصُرُوهُ فَقَدْ نَصَرَهُ ٱللَّهُ إِذْ أَخْرَجَهُ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ ثَانِىَ ٱثْنَيْنِ إِذْ هُمَا فِى ٱلْغَارِ إِذْ يَقُولُ لِصَٰحِبِهِۦ لَا تَحْزَنْ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ مَعَنَا ۖ فَأَنزَلَ ٱللَّهُ سَكِينَتَهُۥ عَلَيْهِ وَأَيَّدَهُۥ بِجُنُودٍۢ لَّمْ تَرَوْهَا وَجَعَلَ كَلِمَةَ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ ٱلسُّفْلَىٰ ۗ وَكَلِمَةُ ٱللَّهِ هِىَ ٱلْعُلْيَا ۗ وَٱللَّهُ عَزِيزٌ حَكِيمٌ.(40)

If you do not aid him [i.e., the Prophet (ﷺ)] - Allāh has already aided him when those who disbelieved had driven him out [of Makkah] as one of two,1 when they were in the cave and he [i.e., Muḥammad (ﷺ)] said to his companion, "Do not grieve; indeed Allāh is with us." And Allāh sent down His tranquility upon him and supported him with soldiers [i.e., angels] you did not see and made the word2 of those who disbelieved the lowest,3 while the word of Allāh4 - that is the highest. And Allāh is Exalted in Might and Wise. [At-Tawba: 40]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 40

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

If you do not aid him [i.e., the Prophet (ﷺ)] - Allāh has already aided him when those who disbelieved had driven him out [of Makkah] as one of two,1 when they were in the cave and he [i.e., Muḥammad (ﷺ)] said to his companion, "Do not grieve; indeed Allāh is with us." And Allāh sent down His tranquility upon him and supported him with soldiers [i.e., angels] you did not see and made the word2 of those who disbelieved the lowest,3 while the word of Allāh4 - that is the highest. And Allāh is Exalted in Might and Wise.

Transliteration

Ayah 40

Illa tansuroohu faqad nasarahu Allahu ith akhrajahu allatheena kafaroo thaniya ithnayni ith huma fee alghari ith yaqoolu lisahibihi la tahzan inna Allaha maAAana faanzala Allahu sakeenatahu AAalayhi waayyadahu bijunoodin lam tarawha wajaAAala kalimata allatheena kafaroo alssufla wakalimatu Allahi hiya alAAulya waAllahu AAazeezun hakeemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 40

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِلَّا Illa If not —
2 تَنصُرُوهُ tansuroohu you help him ن ص ر
3 فَقَدْ faqad certainly —
4 نَصَرَهُ nasarahu helped him ن ص ر
5 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
6 إِذْ ith when —
7 أَخْرَجَهُ akhrajahu drove him out خ ر ج
8 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who —
9 كَفَرُواْ kafaroo disbelieved ك ف ر
10 ثَانِىَ thaniya the second ث ن ي
11 اثْنَيْنِ ithnayni (of) the two ث ن ي
12 إِذْ ith when —
13 هُمَا huma they both —
14 فِى fee (were) in —
15 الْغَارِ alghari the cave غ و ر
16 إِذْ ith when —
17 يَقُولُ yaqoolu he said ق و ل
18 لِصَاحِبِهِۦ lisahibihi to his companion ص ح ب
19 لَا la (Do) not —
20 تَحْزَنْ tahzan grieve ح ز ن
21 إِنَّ inna indeed —
22 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
23 مَعَنَا maAAana (is) with us —
24 فَأَنزَلَ faanzala Then sent down ن ز ل
25 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
26 سَكِينَتَهُۥ sakeenatahu His tranquility س ك ن
27 عَلَيْهِ AAalayhi upon him —
28 وَأَيَّدَهُ waayyadahu and supported him أ ي د
29 بِجُنُودٍ bijunoodin with forces ج ن د
30 لَّمْ lam did not —
31 تَرَوْهَا tarawha which you see ر أ ي
32 وَجَعَلَ wajaAAala and made ج ع ل
33 كَلِمَةَ kalimata (the) word ك ل م
34 الَّذِينَ allatheena (of) those who —
35 كَفَرُواْ kafaroo disbelieved ك ف ر
36 السُّفْلَىٰ alssufla the lowest س ف ل
37 وَكَلِمَةُ wakalimatu while (the) Word ك ل م
38 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
39 هِىَ hiya it (is) —
40 الْعُلْيَا alAAulya the highest ع ل و
41 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
42 عَزِيزٌ AAazeezun (is) All-Mighty ع ز ز
43 حَكِيمٌ hakeemun All-Wise ح ك م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 41

ٱنفِرُوا۟ خِفَافًۭا وَثِقَالًۭا وَجَٰهِدُوا۟ بِأَمْوَٰلِكُمْ وَأَنفُسِكُمْ فِى سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ ۚ ذَٰلِكُمْ خَيْرٌۭ لَّكُمْ إِن كُنتُمْ تَعْلَمُونَ.(41)

Go forth, whether light or heavy,1 and strive with your wealth and your lives in the cause of Allāh. That is better for you, if you only knew. [At-Tawba: 41]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 41

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Go forth, whether light or heavy,1 and strive with your wealth and your lives in the cause of Allāh. That is better for you, if you only knew.

Transliteration

Ayah 41

Infiroo khifafan wathiqalan wajahidoo biamwalikum waanfusikum fee sabeeli Allahi thalikum khayrun lakum in kuntum taAAlamoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 41

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 انْفِرُواْ Infiroo Go forth ن ف ر
2 خِفَافًا khifafan light خ ف ف
3 وَثِقَالًا wathiqalan or heavy ث ق ل
4 وَجَاهِدُواْ wajahidoo and strive ج ه د
5 بِأَمْوَالِكُمْ biamwalikum with your wealth م و ل
6 وَأَنفُسِكُمْ waanfusikum and your lives ن ف س
7 فِى fee in —
8 سَبِيلِ sabeeli (the) way س ب ل
9 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
10 ذَٰلِكُمْ thalikum That —
11 خَيْرٌ khayrun (is) better خ ي ر
12 لَّكُمْ lakum for you —
13 إِن in if —
14 كُنتُمْ kuntum you ك و ن
15 تَعْلَمُونَ taAAlamoona know ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 42

لَوْ كَانَ عَرَضًۭا قَرِيبًۭا وَسَفَرًۭا قَاصِدًۭا لَّٱتَّبَعُوكَ وَلَٰكِنۢ بَعُدَتْ عَلَيْهِمُ ٱلشُّقَّةُ ۚ وَسَيَحْلِفُونَ بِٱللَّهِ لَوِ ٱسْتَطَعْنَا لَخَرَجْنَا مَعَكُمْ يُهْلِكُونَ أَنفُسَهُمْ وَٱللَّهُ يَعْلَمُ إِنَّهُمْ لَكَٰذِبُونَ.(42)

Had it been a near [i.e., easy] gain and a moderate trip, they [i.e., the hypocrites] would have followed you, but distant to them was the journey. And they will swear by Allāh,1 "If we were able, we would have gone forth with you," destroying themselves [through false oaths], and Allāh knows that indeed they are liars. [At-Tawba: 42]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 42

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Had it been a near [i.e., easy] gain and a moderate trip, they [i.e., the hypocrites] would have followed you, but distant to them was the journey. And they will swear by Allāh,1 "If we were able, we would have gone forth with you," destroying themselves [through false oaths], and Allāh knows that indeed they are liars.

Transliteration

Ayah 42

Law kana AAaradan qareeban wasafaran qasidan laittabaAAooka walakin baAAudat AAalayhimu alshshuqqatu wasayahlifoona biAllahi lawi istataAAna lakharajna maAAakum yuhlikoona anfusahum waAllahu yaAAlamu innahum lakathiboona

Word-by-word

Ayah 42

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 لَوْ Law If —
2 كَانَ kana it had been ك و ن
3 عَرَضًا AAaradan a gain ع ر ض
4 قَرِيبًا qareeban near ق ر ب
5 وَسَفَرًا wasafaran and a journey س ف ر
6 قَاصِدًا qasidan easy ق ص د
7 لَّاتَّبَعُوكَ laittabaAAooka surely they (would) have followed you ت ب ع
8 وَلَٰكِن walakin but —
9 بَعُدَتْ baAAudat was long ب ع د
10 عَلَيْهِمُ AAalayhimu for them —
11 الشُّقَّةُ alshshuqqatu the distance ش ق ق
12 وَسَيَحْلِفُونَ wasayahlifoona And they will swear ح ل ف
13 بِاللهِ biAllahi by Allah أ ل ه
14 لَوِ lawi If —
15 اسْتَطَعْنَا istataAAna we were able ط و ع
16 لَخَرَجْنَا lakharajna certainly we (would) have come forth خ ر ج
17 مَعَكُمْ maAAakum with you —
18 يُهْلِكُونَ yuhlikoona They destroy ه ل ك
19 أَنفُسَهُمْ anfusahum their own selves ن ف س
20 وَاللهُ waAllahu and Allah أ ل ه
21 يَعْلَمُ yaAAlamu knows ع ل م
22 إِنَّهُمْ innahum (that) indeed they —
23 لَكَاذِبُونَ lakathiboona (are) surely liars ك ذ ب

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 43

عَفَا ٱللَّهُ عَنكَ لِمَ أَذِنتَ لَهُمْ حَتَّىٰ يَتَبَيَّنَ لَكَ ٱلَّذِينَ صَدَقُوا۟ وَتَعْلَمَ ٱلْكَٰذِبِينَ.(43)

Allāh has pardoned you, [O Muḥammad, but] why did you give them permission [to remain behind]? [You should not have] until it was evident to you who were truthful and you knew [who were] the liars. [At-Tawba: 43]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 43

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Allāh has pardoned you, [O Muḥammad, but] why did you give them permission [to remain behind]? [You should not have] until it was evident to you who were truthful and you knew [who were] the liars.

Transliteration

Ayah 43

AAafa Allahu AAanka lima athinta lahum hatta yatabayyana laka allatheena sadaqoo wataAAlama alkathibeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 43

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 عَفَا AAafa (May) forgive ع ف و
2 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
3 عَنكَ AAanka to you! —
4 لِمَ lima Why (did)? —
5 أَذِنتَ athinta you grant leave أ ذ ن
6 لَهُمْ lahum to them —
7 حَتَّىٰ hatta until —
8 يَتَبَيَّنَ yatabayyana (became) evident ب ي ن
9 لَكَ laka to you —
10 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who —
11 صَدَقُواْ sadaqoo were truthful ص د ق
12 وَتَعْلَمَ wataAAlama and you knew ع ل م
13 الْكَٰذِبِينَ alkathibeena the liars ك ذ ب

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 44

لَا يَسْتَـْٔذِنُكَ ٱلَّذِينَ يُؤْمِنُونَ بِٱللَّهِ وَٱلْيَوْمِ ٱلْآخِرِ أَن يُجَٰهِدُوا۟ بِأَمْوَٰلِهِمْ وَأَنفُسِهِمْ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ عَلِيمٌۢ بِٱلْمُتَّقِينَ.(44)

Those who believe in Allāh and the Last Day would not ask permission of you to be excused from striving [i.e., fighting] with their wealth and their lives. And Allāh is Knowing of those who fear Him. [At-Tawba: 44]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 44

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Those who believe in Allāh and the Last Day would not ask permission of you to be excused from striving [i.e., fighting] with their wealth and their lives. And Allāh is Knowing of those who fear Him.

Transliteration

Ayah 44

La yastathinuka allatheena yuminoona biAllahi waalyawmi alakhiri an yujahidoo biamwalihim waanfusihim waAllahu AAaleemun bialmuttaqeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 44

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 لَا La not —
2 يَسْتَأْذِنُكَ yastathinuka (Would) ask your permission أ ذ ن
3 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who —
4 يُؤْمِنُونَ yuminoona believe أ م ن
5 بِاللهِ biAllahi in Allah أ ل ه
6 وَالْيَوْمِ waalyawmi and the Day ي و م
7 الاٰخِرِ alakhiri the Last أ خ ر
8 أَن an that —
9 يُجَٰهِدُواْ yujahidoo they strive ج ه د
10 بِأَمْوَالِهِمْ biamwalihim with their wealth م و ل
11 وَأَنفُسِهِمْ waanfusihim and their lives ن ف س
12 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
13 عَلِيمٌ AAaleemun (is) All-Knower ع ل م
14 بِالْمُتَّقِينَ bialmuttaqeena of the righteous و ق ي

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 45

إِنَّمَا يَسْتَـْٔذِنُكَ ٱلَّذِينَ لَا يُؤْمِنُونَ بِٱللَّهِ وَٱلْيَوْمِ ٱلْآخِرِ وَٱرْتَابَتْ قُلُوبُهُمْ فَهُمْ فِى رَيْبِهِمْ يَتَرَدَّدُونَ.(45)

Only those would ask permission of you who do not believe in Allāh and the Last Day and whose hearts have doubted, and they, in their doubt, are hesitating. [At-Tawba: 45]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 45

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Only those would ask permission of you who do not believe in Allāh and the Last Day and whose hearts have doubted, and they, in their doubt, are hesitating.

Transliteration

Ayah 45

Innama yastathinuka allatheena la yuminoona biAllahi waalyawmi alakhiri wairtabat quloobuhum fahum fee raybihim yataraddadoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 45

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّمَا Innama Only —
2 يَسْتَأْذِنُكَ yastathinuka ask your leave أ ذ ن
3 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who —
4 لَا la (do) not —
5 يُؤْمِنُونَ yuminoona believe أ م ن
6 بِاللهِ biAllahi in Allah أ ل ه
7 وَالْيَوْمِ waalyawmi and the Day ي و م
8 الاٰخِرِ alakhiri the Last أ خ ر
9 وَارْتَابَتْ wairtabat and (are in) doubts ر ي ب
10 قُلُوبُهُمْ quloobuhum their hearts ق ل ب
11 فَهُمْ fahum so they —
12 فِى fee in —
13 رَيْبِهِمْ raybihim their doubts ر ي ب
14 يَتَرَدَّدُونَ yataraddadoona they waver ر د د

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 46

وَلَوْ أَرَادُوا۟ ٱلْخُرُوجَ لَأَعَدُّوا۟ لَهُۥ عُدَّةًۭ وَلَٰكِن كَرِهَ ٱللَّهُ ٱنۢبِعَاثَهُمْ فَثَبَّطَهُمْ وَقِيلَ ٱقْعُدُوا۟ مَعَ ٱلْقَٰعِدِينَ.(46)

And if they had intended to go forth, they would have prepared for it [some] preparation. But Allāh disliked their being sent, so He kept them back, and they were told, "Remain [behind] with those who remain."1 [At-Tawba: 46]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 46

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And if they had intended to go forth, they would have prepared for it [some] preparation. But Allāh disliked their being sent, so He kept them back, and they were told, "Remain [behind] with those who remain."1

Transliteration

Ayah 46

Walaw aradoo alkhurooja laaAAaddoo lahu AAuddatan walakin kariha Allahu inbiAAathahum fathabbatahum waqeela oqAAudoo maAAa alqaAAideena

Word-by-word

Ayah 46

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَوْ Walaw And if —
2 أَرَادُواْ aradoo they had wished ر و د
3 الْخُرُوجَ alkhurooja (to) go forth خ ر ج
4 لَأَعَدُّواْ laaAAaddoo surely they (would) have prepared ع د د
5 لَهُۥ lahu for it —
6 عُدَّةً AAuddatan (some) preparation ع د د
7 وَلَٰكِن walakin But —
8 كَرِهَ kariha disliked ك ر ه
9 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
10 انۢبِعَاثَهُمْ inbiAAathahum their being sent ب ع ث
11 فَثَبَّطَهُمْ fathabbatahum so He made them lag behind ث ب ط
12 وَقِيلَ waqeela and it was said ق و ل
13 اقْعُدُواْ oqAAudoo Sit ق ع د
14 مَعَ maAAa with —
15 الْقَٰعِدِينَ alqaAAideena those who sit ق ع د

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 47

لَوْ خَرَجُوا۟ فِيكُم مَّا زَادُوكُمْ إِلَّا خَبَالًۭا وَلَأَوْضَعُوا۟ خِلَٰلَكُمْ يَبْغُونَكُمُ ٱلْفِتْنَةَ وَفِيكُمْ سَمَّٰعُونَ لَهُمْ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ عَلِيمٌۢ بِٱلظَّٰلِمِينَ.(47)

Had they gone forth with you, they would not have increased you except in confusion, and they would have been active among you, seeking [to cause] you fitnah [i.e., chaos and dissension]. And among you are avid listeners to them. And Allāh is Knowing of the wrongdoers. [At-Tawba: 47]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 47

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Had they gone forth with you, they would not have increased you except in confusion, and they would have been active among you, seeking [to cause] you fitnah [i.e., chaos and dissension]. And among you are avid listeners to them. And Allāh is Knowing of the wrongdoers.

Transliteration

Ayah 47

Law kharajoo feekum ma zadookum illa khabalan walaawdaAAoo khilalakum yabghoonakumu alfitnata wafeekum sammaAAoona lahum waAllahu AAaleemun bialththalimeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 47

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 لَوْ Law If —
2 خَرَجُواْ kharajoo they (had) gone forth خ ر ج
3 فِيكُم feekum with you —
4 مَّا ma not —
5 زَادُوكُمْ zadookum they (would) have increased you ز ي د
6 إِلَّا illa except —
7 خَبَالًا khabalan (in) confusion خ ب ل
8 وَلَأَوْضَعُواْ walaawdaAAoo and would have been active و ض ع
9 خِلَالَكُمْ khilalakum in your midst خ ل ل
10 يَبْغُونَكُمُ yabghoonakumu seeking (for) you ب غ ي
11 الْفِتْنَةَ alfitnata dissension ف ت ن
12 وَفِيكُمْ wafeekum And among you (are some) —
13 سَمَّاعُونَ sammaAAoona who would have listened س م ع
14 لَهُمْ lahum to them —
15 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
16 عَلِيمٌ AAaleemun (is) All-Knower ع ل م
17 بِالظَّالِمِينَ bialththalimeena of the wrongdoers ظ ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 48

لَقَدِ ٱبْتَغَوُا۟ ٱلْفِتْنَةَ مِن قَبْلُ وَقَلَّبُوا۟ لَكَ ٱلْأُمُورَ حَتَّىٰ جَآءَ ٱلْحَقُّ وَظَهَرَ أَمْرُ ٱللَّهِ وَهُمْ كَٰرِهُونَ.(48)

They had already desired dissension before and had upset matters for you1 until the truth came and the ordinance [i.e., victory] of Allāh appeared, while they were averse. [At-Tawba: 48]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 48

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

They had already desired dissension before and had upset matters for you1 until the truth came and the ordinance [i.e., victory] of Allāh appeared, while they were averse.

Transliteration

Ayah 48

Laqadi ibtaghawoo alfitnata min qablu waqallaboo laka alomoora hatta jaa alhaqqu wathahara amru Allahi wahum karihoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 48

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 لَقَدِ Laqadi Verily —
2 ابْتَغَوُاْ ibtaghawoo they had sought ب غ ي
3 الْفِتْنَةَ alfitnata dissension ف ت ن
4 مِن min from —
5 قَبْلُ qablu before ق ب ل
6 وَقَلَّبُواْ waqallaboo and had upset ق ل ب
7 لَكَ laka for you —
8 الْأُمُورَ alomoora the matters أ م ر
9 حَتَّىٰ hatta until —
10 جَآءَ jaa came ج ي أ
11 الْحَقُّ alhaqqu the truth ح ق ق
12 وَظَهَرَ wathahara and became manifest ظ ه ر
13 أَمْرُ amru (the) Order أ م ر
14 اللهِ Allahi of Allah أ ل ه
15 وَهُمْ wahum while they —
16 كَارِهُونَ karihoona disliked (it) ك ر ه

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 49

وَمِنْهُم مَّن يَقُولُ ٱئْذَن لِّى وَلَا تَفْتِنِّىٓ ۚ أَلَا فِى ٱلْفِتْنَةِ سَقَطُوا۟ ۗ وَإِنَّ جَهَنَّمَ لَمُحِيطَةٌۢ بِٱلْكَٰفِرِينَ.(49)

And among them is he who says, "Permit me [to remain at home] and do not put me to trial." Unquestionably, into trial they have fallen.1 And indeed, Hell will encompass the disbelievers. [At-Tawba: 49]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 49

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And among them is he who says, "Permit me [to remain at home] and do not put me to trial." Unquestionably, into trial they have fallen.1 And indeed, Hell will encompass the disbelievers.

Transliteration

Ayah 49

Waminhum man yaqoolu ithan lee wala taftinnee ala fee alfitnati saqatoo wainna jahannama lamuheetatun bialkafireena

Word-by-word

Ayah 49

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَمِنْهُم Waminhum And among them —
2 مَّن man (is he) who —
3 يَقُولُ yaqoolu says ق و ل
4 ائْذَن ithan Grant leave أ ذ ن
5 لِّى lee for me —
6 وَلَا wala and (do) not —
7 تَفْتِنِّي taftinnee put me to trial ف ت ن
8 أَلَا ala Surely —
9 فِى fee in —
10 الْفِتْنَةِ alfitnati the trial ف ت ن
11 سَقَطُواْ saqatoo they have fallen س ق ط
12 وَإِنَّ wainna And indeed —
13 جَهَنَّمَ jahannama Hell —
14 لَمُحِيطَةٌ lamuheetatun (will) surely surround ح و ط
15 بِالْكَافِرِينَ bialkafireena the disbelievers ك ف ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 50

إِن تُصِبْكَ حَسَنَةٌۭ تَسُؤْهُمْ ۖ وَإِن تُصِبْكَ مُصِيبَةٌۭ يَقُولُوا۟ قَدْ أَخَذْنَآ أَمْرَنَا مِن قَبْلُ وَيَتَوَلَّوا۟ وَّهُمْ فَرِحُونَ.(50)

If good befalls you, it distresses them; but if disaster strikes you, they say, "We took our matter [in hand] before,"1 and turn away while they are rejoicing. [At-Tawba: 50]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 50

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

If good befalls you, it distresses them; but if disaster strikes you, they say, "We took our matter [in hand] before,"1 and turn away while they are rejoicing.

Transliteration

Ayah 50

In tusibka hasanatun tasuhum wain tusibka museebatun yaqooloo qad akhathna amrana min qablu wayatawallaw wahum farihoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 50

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِن In If —
2 تُصِبْكَ tusibka befalls you ص و ب
3 حَسَنَةٌ hasanatun good ح س ن
4 تَسُؤْهُمْ tasuhum it distresses them س و أ
5 وَإِن wain but if —
6 تُصِبْكَ tusibka befalls you ص و ب
7 مُصِيبَةٌ museebatun a calamity ص و ب
8 يَقُولُواْ yaqooloo they say ق و ل
9 قَدْ qad Verily —
10 أَخَذْنَآ akhathna we took أ خ ذ
11 أَمْرَنَا amrana our matter أ م ر
12 مِن min from —
13 قَبْلُ qablu before ق ب ل
14 وَيَتَوَلَّواْ wayatawallaw And they turn away و ل ي
15 وَّهُمْ wahum while they —
16 فَرِحُونَ farihoona (are) rejoicing ف ر ح

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 51

قُل لَّن يُصِيبَنَآ إِلَّا مَا كَتَبَ ٱللَّهُ لَنَا هُوَ مَوْلَىٰنَا ۚ وَعَلَى ٱللَّهِ فَلْيَتَوَكَّلِ ٱلْمُؤْمِنُونَ.(51)

Say, "Never will we be struck except by what Allāh has decreed for us; He is our protector." And upon Allāh let the believers rely. [At-Tawba: 51]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 51

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Say, "Never will we be struck except by what Allāh has decreed for us; He is our protector." And upon Allāh let the believers rely.

Transliteration

Ayah 51

Qul lan yuseebana illa ma kataba Allahu lana huwa mawlana waAAala Allahi falyatawakkali almuminoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 51

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قُل Qul Say ق و ل
2 لَّن lan Never —
3 يُصِيبَنَآ yuseebana will befall us ص و ب
4 إِلَّا illa except —
5 مَا ma what —
6 كَتَبَ kataba has decreed ك ت ب
7 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
8 لَنَا lana for us —
9 هُوَ huwa He —
10 مَوْلَانَا mawlana (is) our Protector و ل ي
11 وَعَلَى waAAala And on —
12 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
13 فَلْيَتَوَكَّلِ falyatawakkali [so] let put (their) trust و ك ل
14 الْمُؤْمِنُونَ almuminoona the believer أ م ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 52

قُلْ هَلْ تَرَبَّصُونَ بِنَآ إِلَّآ إِحْدَى ٱلْحُسْنَيَيْنِ ۖ وَنَحْنُ نَتَرَبَّصُ بِكُمْ أَن يُصِيبَكُمُ ٱللَّهُ بِعَذَابٍۢ مِّنْ عِندِهِۦٓ أَوْ بِأَيْدِينَا ۖ فَتَرَبَّصُوٓا۟ إِنَّا مَعَكُم مُّتَرَبِّصُونَ.(52)

Say, "Do you await for us except one of the two best things [i.e., martyrdom or victory] while we await for you that Allāh will afflict you with punishment from Himself or at our hands? So wait; indeed we, along with you, are waiting." [At-Tawba: 52]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 52

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Say, "Do you await for us except one of the two best things [i.e., martyrdom or victory] while we await for you that Allāh will afflict you with punishment from Himself or at our hands? So wait; indeed we, along with you, are waiting."

Transliteration

Ayah 52

Qul hal tarabbasoona bina illa ihda alhusnayayni wanahnu natarabbasu bikum an yuseebakumu Allahu biAAathabin min AAindihi aw biaydeena fatarabbasoo inna maAAakum mutarabbisoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 52

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قُلْ Qul Say ق و ل
2 هَلْ hal Do? —
3 تَرَبَّصُونَ tarabbasoona you await ر ب ص
4 بِنَآ bina for us —
5 إِلَّآ illa except —
6 إِحْدَى ihda one أ ح د
7 الْحُسْنَيَيْنِ alhusnayayni (of) the two best (things) ح س ن
8 وَنَحْنُ wanahnu while we —
9 نَتَرَبَّصُ natarabbasu [we] await ر ب ص
10 بِكُمْ bikum for you —
11 أَن an that —
12 يُصِيبَكُمُ yuseebakumu will afflict you ص و ب
13 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
14 بِعَذَابٍ biAAathabin with a punishment ع ذ ب
15 مِّنْ min from —
16 عِندِهِۦٓ AAindihi [near] Him ع ن د
17 أَوْ aw or —
18 بِأَيْدِينَا biaydeena by our hands ي د ي
19 فَتَرَبَّصُواْ fatarabbasoo So wait ر ب ص
20 إِنَّا inna indeed we —
21 مَعَكُم maAAakum with you —
22 مُّتَرَبِّصُونَ mutarabbisoona (are) waiting ر ب ص

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 53

قُلْ أَنفِقُوا۟ طَوْعًا أَوْ كَرْهًۭا لَّن يُتَقَبَّلَ مِنكُمْ ۖ إِنَّكُمْ كُنتُمْ قَوْمًۭا فَٰسِقِينَ.(53)

Say, "Spend willingly or unwillingly; never will it be accepted from you. Indeed, you have been a defiantly disobedient people." [At-Tawba: 53]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 53

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Say, "Spend willingly or unwillingly; never will it be accepted from you. Indeed, you have been a defiantly disobedient people."

Transliteration

Ayah 53

Qul anfiqoo tawAAan aw karhan lan yutaqabbala minkum innakum kuntum qawman fasiqeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 53

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قُلْ Qul Say ق و ل
2 أَنفِقُواْ anfiqoo Spend ن ف ق
3 طَوْعًا tawAAan willingly ط و ع
4 أَوْ aw or —
5 كَرْهًا karhan unwillingly ك ر ه
6 لَّن lan never —
7 يُتَقَبَّلَ yutaqabbala will be accepted ق ب ل
8 مِنكُمْ minkum from you —
9 إِنَّكُمْ innakum Indeed you —
10 كُنتُمْ kuntum [you] are ك و ن
11 قَوْمًا qawman a people ق و م
12 فَاسِقِينَ fasiqeena defiantly disobedient ف س ق

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 54

وَمَا مَنَعَهُمْ أَن تُقْبَلَ مِنْهُمْ نَفَقَٰتُهُمْ إِلَّآ أَنَّهُمْ كَفَرُوا۟ بِٱللَّهِ وَبِرَسُولِهِۦ وَلَا يَأْتُونَ ٱلصَّلَوٰةَ إِلَّا وَهُمْ كُسَالَىٰ وَلَا يُنفِقُونَ إِلَّا وَهُمْ كَٰرِهُونَ.(54)

And what prevents their expenditures from being accepted from them but that they have disbelieved in Allāh and in His Messenger and that they come not to prayer except while they are lazy and that they do not spend except while they are unwilling. [At-Tawba: 54]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 54

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And what prevents their expenditures from being accepted from them but that they have disbelieved in Allāh and in His Messenger and that they come not to prayer except while they are lazy and that they do not spend except while they are unwilling.

Transliteration

Ayah 54

Wama manaAAahum an tuqbala minhum nafaqatuhum illa annahum kafaroo biAllahi wabirasoolihi wala yatoona alssalata illa wahum kusala wala yunfiqoona illa wahum karihoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 54

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَمَا Wama And not —
2 مَنَعَهُمْ manaAAahum prevents them م ن ع
3 أَن an that —
4 تُقْبَلَ tuqbala is accepted ق ب ل
5 مِنْهُمْ minhum from them —
6 نَفَقَاتُهُمْ nafaqatuhum their contributions ن ف ق
7 إِلَّآ illa except —
8 أَنَّهُمْ annahum that they —
9 كَفَرُواْ kafaroo disbelieve ك ف ر
10 بِاللهِ biAllahi in Allah أ ل ه
11 وَبِرَسُولِهِۦ wabirasoolihi and in His Messenger ر س ل
12 وَلَا wala and not —
13 يَأْتُونَ yatoona they come أ ت ي
14 الصَّلَوٰةَ alssalata (to) the prayer ص ل و
15 إِلَّا illa except —
16 وَهُمْ wahum while they —
17 كُسَالَىٰ kusala (are) lazy ك س ل
18 وَلَا wala and not —
19 يُنفِقُونَ yunfiqoona they spend ن ف ق
20 إِلَّا illa except —
21 وَهُمْ wahum while they —
22 كَارِهُونَ karihoona (are) unwilling ك ر ه

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 55

فَلَا تُعْجِبْكَ أَمْوَٰلُهُمْ وَلَآ أَوْلَٰدُهُمْ ۚ إِنَّمَا يُرِيدُ ٱللَّهُ لِيُعَذِّبَهُم بِهَا فِى ٱلْحَيَوٰةِ ٱلدُّنْيَا وَتَزْهَقَ أَنفُسُهُمْ وَهُمْ كَٰفِرُونَ.(55)

So let not their wealth or their children impress you. Allāh only intends to punish them through them in worldly life and that their souls should depart [at death] while they are disbelievers. [At-Tawba: 55]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 55

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

So let not their wealth or their children impress you. Allāh only intends to punish them through them in worldly life and that their souls should depart [at death] while they are disbelievers.

Transliteration

Ayah 55

Fala tuAAjibka amwaluhum wala awladuhum innama yureedu Allahu liyuAAaththibahum biha fee alhayati alddunya watazhaqa anfusuhum wahum kafiroona

Word-by-word

Ayah 55

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَلَا Fala So (let) not —
2 تُعْجِبْكَ tuAAjibka impress you ع ج ب
3 أَمْوَالُهُمْ amwaluhum their wealth م و ل
4 وَلَآ wala and not —
5 أَوْلَادُهُمْ awladuhum their children و ل د
6 إِنَّمَا innama Only —
7 يُرِيدُ yureedu intends ر و د
8 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
9 لِيُعَذِّبَهُم liyuAAaththibahum to punish them ع ذ ب
10 بِهَا biha with it —
11 فِى fee in —
12 الْحَيَاةِ alhayati the life ح ي ى
13 الدُّنْيَا alddunya (of) the world د ن و
14 وَتَزْهَقَ watazhaqa and should depart ز ه ق
15 أَنفُسُهُمْ anfusuhum their souls ن ف س
16 وَهُمْ wahum while they —
17 كَافِرُونَ kafiroona (are) disbelievers ك ف ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 56

وَيَحْلِفُونَ بِٱللَّهِ إِنَّهُمْ لَمِنكُمْ وَمَا هُم مِّنكُمْ وَلَٰكِنَّهُمْ قَوْمٌۭ يَفْرَقُونَ.(56)

And they swear by Allāh that they are from among you while they are not from among you; but they are a people who are afraid. [At-Tawba: 56]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 56

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And they swear by Allāh that they are from among you while they are not from among you; but they are a people who are afraid.

Transliteration

Ayah 56

Wayahlifoona biAllahi innahum laminkum wama hum minkum walakinnahum qawmun yafraqoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 56

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَيَحْلِفُونَ Wayahlifoona And they swear ح ل ف
2 بِاللهِ biAllahi by Allah أ ل ه
3 إِنَّهُمْ innahum indeed they —
4 لَمِنكُمْ laminkum surely (are) of you —
5 وَمَا wama while not —
6 هُم hum they —
7 مِّنكُمْ minkum (are) of you —
8 وَلَٰكِنَّهُمْ walakinnahum but they —
9 قَوْمٌ qawmun (are) a people ق و م
10 يَفْرَقُونَ yafraqoona (who) are afraid ف ر ق

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 57

لَوْ يَجِدُونَ مَلْجَـًٔا أَوْ مَغَٰرَٰتٍ أَوْ مُدَّخَلًۭا لَّوَلَّوْا۟ إِلَيْهِ وَهُمْ يَجْمَحُونَ.(57)

If they could find a refuge or some caves or any place to enter [and hide], they would turn to it while they run heedlessly. [At-Tawba: 57]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 57

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

If they could find a refuge or some caves or any place to enter [and hide], they would turn to it while they run heedlessly.

Transliteration

Ayah 57

Law yajidoona maljaan aw magharatin aw muddakhalan lawallaw ilayhi wahum yajmahoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 57

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 لَوْ Law If —
2 يَجِدُونَ yajidoona they could find و ج د
3 مَلْجَأً maljaan a refuge ل ج أ
4 أَوْ aw or —
5 مَغَارَاتٍ magharatin caves غ و ر
6 أَوْ aw or —
7 مُدَّخَلًا muddakhalan a place to enter د خ ل
8 لَّوَلَّوْاْ lawallaw surely they would turn و ل ي
9 إِلَيْهِ ilayhi to it —
10 وَهُمْ wahum and they —
11 يَجْمَحُونَ yajmahoona run wild ج م ح

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 58

وَمِنْهُم مَّن يَلْمِزُكَ فِى ٱلصَّدَقَٰتِ فَإِنْ أُعْطُوا۟ مِنْهَا رَضُوا۟ وَإِن لَّمْ يُعْطَوْا۟ مِنْهَآ إِذَا هُمْ يَسْخَطُونَ.(58)

And among them are some who criticize you concerning the [distribution of] charities. If they are given from them, they approve; but if they are not given from them, at once they become angry. [At-Tawba: 58]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 58

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And among them are some who criticize you concerning the [distribution of] charities. If they are given from them, they approve; but if they are not given from them, at once they become angry.

Transliteration

Ayah 58

Waminhum man yalmizuka fee alssadaqati fain oAAtoo minha radoo wain lam yuAAtaw minha itha hum yaskhatoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 58

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَمِنْهُم Waminhum And among them —
2 مَّن man (is he) who —
3 يَلْمِزُكَ yalmizuka criticizes you ل م ز
4 فِى fee concerning —
5 الصَّدَقَاتِ alssadaqati the charities ص د ق
6 فَإِنْ fain Then if —
7 أُعْطُواْ oAAtoo they are given ع ط و
8 مِنْهَا minha from it —
9 رَضُواْ radoo they are pleased ر ض و
10 وَإِن wain but if —
11 لَّمْ lam not —
12 يُعْطَوْاْ yuAAtaw they are given ع ط و
13 مِنْهَآ minha from it —
14 إِذَا itha then —
15 هُمْ hum they —
16 يَسْخَطُونَ yaskhatoona (are) enraged س خ ط

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 59

وَلَوْ أَنَّهُمْ رَضُوا۟ مَآ ءَاتَىٰهُمُ ٱللَّهُ وَرَسُولُهُۥ وَقَالُوا۟ حَسْبُنَا ٱللَّهُ سَيُؤْتِينَا ٱللَّهُ مِن فَضْلِهِۦ وَرَسُولُهُۥٓ إِنَّآ إِلَى ٱللَّهِ رَٰغِبُونَ.(59)

If only they had been satisfied with what Allāh and His Messenger gave them and said, "Sufficient for us is Allāh; Allāh will give us of His bounty, and [so will] His Messenger; indeed, we are desirous toward Allāh,"1 [it would have been better for them]. [At-Tawba: 59]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 59

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

If only they had been satisfied with what Allāh and His Messenger gave them and said, "Sufficient for us is Allāh; Allāh will give us of His bounty, and [so will] His Messenger; indeed, we are desirous toward Allāh,"1 [it would have been better for them].

Transliteration

Ayah 59

Walaw annahum radoo ma atahumu Allahu warasooluhu waqaloo hasbuna Allahu sayuteena Allahu min fadlihi warasooluhu inna ila Allahi raghiboona

Word-by-word

Ayah 59

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَوْ Walaw And if —
2 أَنَّهُمْ annahum [that] they —
3 رَضُوْاْ radoo (were) satisfied ر ض و
4 مَآ ma (with) what —
5 اٰتَاهُمُ atahumu gave them أ ت ي
6 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
7 وَرَسُولُهُۥ warasooluhu and His Messenger ر س ل
8 وَقَالُواْ waqaloo and said ق و ل
9 حَسْبُنَا hasbuna Sufficient for us ح س ب
10 اللهُ Allahu (is) Allah أ ل ه
11 سَيُؤْتِينَا sayuteena will give us أ ت ي
12 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
13 مِن min of —
14 فَضْلِهِۦ fadlihi His Bounty ف ض ل
15 وَرَسُولُهُۥٓ warasooluhu and His Messenger ر س ل
16 إِنَّآ inna Indeed we —
17 إِلَى ila to —
18 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
19 رَاغِبُونَ raghiboona turn our hopes ر غ ب

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 60

إِنَّمَا ٱلصَّدَقَٰتُ لِلْفُقَرَآءِ وَٱلْمَسَٰكِينِ وَٱلْعَٰمِلِينَ عَلَيْهَا وَٱلْمُؤَلَّفَةِ قُلُوبُهُمْ وَفِى ٱلرِّقَابِ وَٱلْغَٰرِمِينَ وَفِى سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ وَٱبْنِ ٱلسَّبِيلِ ۖ فَرِيضَةًۭ مِّنَ ٱللَّهِ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ عَلِيمٌ حَكِيمٌۭ.(60)

Zakāh expenditures are only for the poor and for the needy and for those employed for it1 and for bringing hearts together [for Islām] and for freeing captives [or slaves] and for those in debt and for the cause of Allāh and for the [stranded] traveler - an obligation [imposed] by Allāh. And Allāh is Knowing and Wise. [At-Tawba: 60]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 60

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Zakāh expenditures are only for the poor and for the needy and for those employed for it1 and for bringing hearts together [for Islām] and for freeing captives [or slaves] and for those in debt and for the cause of Allāh and for the [stranded] traveler - an obligation [imposed] by Allāh. And Allāh is Knowing and Wise.

Transliteration

Ayah 60

Innama alssadaqatu lilfuqarai waalmasakeeni waalAAamileena AAalayha waalmuallafati quloobuhum wafee alrriqabi waalgharimeena wafee sabeeli Allahi waibni alssabeeli fareedatan mina Allahi waAllahu AAaleemun hakeemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 60

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّمَا Innama Only —
2 الصَّدَقَاتُ alssadaqatu the charities ص د ق
3 لِلْفُقَرَآءِ lilfuqarai (are) for the poor ف ق ر
4 وَالْمَسَاكِينِ waalmasakeeni and the needy س ك ن
5 وَالْعَامِلِينَ waalAAamileena and those who collect ع م ل
6 عَلَيْهَا AAalayha them —
7 وَالْمُؤَلَّفَةِ waalmuallafati and the ones inclined أ ل ف
8 قُلُوبُهُمْ quloobuhum their hearts ق ل ب
9 وَفِى wafee and in —
10 الرِّقَابِ alrriqabi the (freeing of) the necks ر ق ب
11 وَالْغَارِمِينَ waalgharimeena and for those in debt غ ر م
12 وَفِى wafee and in —
13 سَبِيلِ sabeeli (the) way س ب ل
14 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
15 وَابْنِ waibni and son of (Travellers) ب ن ي
16 السَّبِيلِ alssabeeli the wayfarer (Travellers) س ب ل
17 فَرِيضَةً fareedatan an obligation ف ر ض
18 مِّنَ mina from —
19 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
20 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
21 عَلِيمٌ AAaleemun (is) All-Knowing ع ل م
22 حَكِيمٌ hakeemun All-Wise ح ك م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 61

وَمِنْهُمُ ٱلَّذِينَ يُؤْذُونَ ٱلنَّبِىَّ وَيَقُولُونَ هُوَ أُذُنٌۭ ۚ قُلْ أُذُنُ خَيْرٍۢ لَّكُمْ يُؤْمِنُ بِٱللَّهِ وَيُؤْمِنُ لِلْمُؤْمِنِينَ وَرَحْمَةٌۭ لِّلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ مِنكُمْ ۚ وَٱلَّذِينَ يُؤْذُونَ رَسُولَ ٱللَّهِ لَهُمْ عَذَابٌ أَلِيمٌۭ.(61)

And among them are those who abuse the Prophet and say, "He is an ear."1 Say, "[It is] an ear of goodness for you that believes in Allāh and believes the believers and [is] a mercy to those who believe among you." And those who abuse the Messenger of Allāh - for them is a painful punishment. [At-Tawba: 61]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 61

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And among them are those who abuse the Prophet and say, "He is an ear."1 Say, "[It is] an ear of goodness for you that believes in Allāh and believes the believers and [is] a mercy to those who believe among you." And those who abuse the Messenger of Allāh - for them is a painful punishment.

Transliteration

Ayah 61

Waminhumu allatheena yuthoona alnnabiyya wayaqooloona huwa othunun qul othunu khayrin lakum yuminu biAllahi wayuminu lilmumineena warahmatun lillatheena amanoo minkum waallatheena yuthoona rasoola Allahi lahum AAathabun aleemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 61

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَمِنْهُمُ Waminhumu And among them —
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena (are) those who —
3 يُؤْذُونَ yuthoona hurt أ ذ ي
4 النَّبِىَّ alnnabiyya the Prophet ن ب أ
5 وَيَقُولُونَ wayaqooloona and they say ق و ل
6 هُوَ huwa He is —
7 أُذُنٌ othunun (all) ear أ ذ ن
8 قُلْ qul Say ق و ل
9 أُذُنُ othunu An ear أ ذ ن
10 خَيْرٍ khayrin (of) goodness خ ي ر
11 لَّكُمْ lakum for you —
12 يُؤْمِنُ yuminu he believes أ م ن
13 بِاللهِ biAllahi in Allah أ ل ه
14 وَيُؤْمِنُ wayuminu and believes أ م ن
15 لِلْمُؤْمِنِينَ lilmumineena the believers أ م ن
16 وَرَحْمَةٌ warahmatun and (is) a mercy ر ح م
17 لِّلَّذِينَ lillatheena to those who —
18 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe أ م ن
19 مِنكُمْ minkum among you —
20 وَالَّذِينَ waallatheena And those who —
21 يُؤْذُونَ yuthoona hurt أ ذ ي
22 رَسُولَ rasoola (the) Messenger ر س ل
23 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
24 لَهُمْ lahum for them —
25 عَذَابٌ AAathabun (is) a punishment ع ذ ب
26 أَلِيمٌ aleemun painful أ ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 62

يَحْلِفُونَ بِٱللَّهِ لَكُمْ لِيُرْضُوكُمْ وَٱللَّهُ وَرَسُولُهُۥٓ أَحَقُّ أَن يُرْضُوهُ إِن كَانُوا۟ مُؤْمِنِينَ.(62)

They swear by Allāh to you [Muslims] to satisfy you. But Allāh and His Messenger are more worthy for them to satisfy,1 if they were to be believers. [At-Tawba: 62]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 62

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

They swear by Allāh to you [Muslims] to satisfy you. But Allāh and His Messenger are more worthy for them to satisfy,1 if they were to be believers.

Transliteration

Ayah 62

Yahlifoona biAllahi lakum liyurdookum waAllahu warasooluhu ahaqqu an yurdoohu in kanoo mumineena

Word-by-word

Ayah 62

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَحْلِفُونَ Yahlifoona They swear ح ل ف
2 بِاللهِ biAllahi by Allah أ ل ه
3 لَكُمْ lakum to you —
4 لِيُرْضُوكُمْ liyurdookum to please you ر ض و
5 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
6 وَرَسُولُهُۥٓ warasooluhu and His Messenger ر س ل
7 أَحَقُّ ahaqqu (have) more right ح ق ق
8 أَن an that —
9 يُرْضُوهُ yurdoohu they should please Him ر ض و
10 إِن in if —
11 كَانُواْ kanoo they are ك و ن
12 مُؤْمِنِينَ mumineena believers أ م ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 63

أَلَمْ يَعْلَمُوٓا۟ أَنَّهُۥ مَن يُحَادِدِ ٱللَّهَ وَرَسُولَهُۥ فَأَنَّ لَهُۥ نَارَ جَهَنَّمَ خَٰلِدًۭا فِيهَا ۚ ذَٰلِكَ ٱلْخِزْىُ ٱلْعَظِيمُ.(63)

Do they not know that whoever opposes Allāh and His Messenger - that for him is the fire of Hell, wherein he will abide eternally? That is the great disgrace. [At-Tawba: 63]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 63

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Do they not know that whoever opposes Allāh and His Messenger - that for him is the fire of Hell, wherein he will abide eternally? That is the great disgrace.

Transliteration

Ayah 63

Alam yaAAlamoo annahu man yuhadidi Allaha warasoolahu faanna lahu nara jahannama khalidan feeha thalika alkhizyu alAAatheemu

Word-by-word

Ayah 63

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 أَلَمْ Alam Do not? —
2 يَعْلَمُوٓاْ yaAAlamoo they know ع ل م
3 أَنَّهُۥ annahu that he —
4 مَن man who —
5 يُحَادِدِ yuhadidi opposes ح د د
6 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
7 وَرَسُولَهُۥ warasoolahu and His Messenger ر س ل
8 فَأَنَّ faanna [then] that —
9 لَهُۥ lahu for him —
10 نَارَ nara (is the) Fire ن و ر
11 جَهَنَّمَ jahannama (of) Hell —
12 خَالِدًا khalidan (will) abide forever خ ل د
13 فِيهَا feeha in it —
14 ذَٰلِكَ thalika That —
15 الْخِزْىُ alkhizyu (is) the disgrace خ ز ي
16 الْعَظِيمُ alAAatheemu the great ع ظ م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 64

يَحْذَرُ ٱلْمُنَٰفِقُونَ أَن تُنَزَّلَ عَلَيْهِمْ سُورَةٌۭ تُنَبِّئُهُم بِمَا فِى قُلُوبِهِمْ ۚ قُلِ ٱسْتَهْزِءُوٓا۟ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ مُخْرِجٌۭ مَّا تَحْذَرُونَ.(64)

The hypocrites are apprehensive lest a sūrah be revealed about them, informing them of1 what is in their hearts. Say, "Mock [as you wish]; indeed, Allāh will expose that which you fear." [At-Tawba: 64]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 64

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

The hypocrites are apprehensive lest a sūrah be revealed about them, informing them of1 what is in their hearts. Say, "Mock [as you wish]; indeed, Allāh will expose that which you fear."

Transliteration

Ayah 64

Yahtharu almunafiqoona an tunazzala AAalayhim sooratun tunabbiohum bima fee quloobihim quli istahzioo inna Allaha mukhrijun ma tahtharoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 64

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَحْذَرُ Yahtharu Fear ح ذ ر
2 الْمُنَافِقُونَ almunafiqoona the hypocrites ن ف ق
3 أَن an lest —
4 تُنَزَّلَ tunazzala be revealed ن ز ل
5 عَلَيْهِمْ AAalayhim about them —
6 سُورَةٌ sooratun a Surah س و ر
7 تُنَبِّئُهُم tunabbiohum informing them ن ب أ
8 بِمَا bima of what —
9 فِى fee (is) in —
10 قُلُوبِهِمْ quloobihim their hearts ق ل ب
11 قُلِ quli Say ق و ل
12 اسْتَهْزِءُوٓاْ istahzioo Mock ه ز أ
13 إِنَّ inna indeed —
14 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
15 مُخْرِجٌ mukhrijun (will) bring forth خ ر ج
16 مَّا ma what —
17 تَحْذَرُونَ tahtharoona you fear ح ذ ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 65

وَلَئِن سَأَلْتَهُمْ لَيَقُولُنَّ إِنَّمَا كُنَّا نَخُوضُ وَنَلْعَبُ ۚ قُلْ أَبِٱللَّهِ وَءَايَٰتِهِۦ وَرَسُولِهِۦ كُنتُمْ تَسْتَهْزِءُونَ.(65)

And if you ask them, they will surely say, "We were only conversing and playing." Say, "Is it Allāh and His verses and His Messenger that you were mocking?" [At-Tawba: 65]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 65

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And if you ask them, they will surely say, "We were only conversing and playing." Say, "Is it Allāh and His verses and His Messenger that you were mocking?"

Transliteration

Ayah 65

Walain saaltahum layaqoolunna innama kunna nakhoodu wanalAAabu qul abiAllahi waayatihi warasoolihi kuntum tastahzioona

Word-by-word

Ayah 65

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَئِن Walain And if —
2 سَأَلْتَهُمْ saaltahum you ask them س أ ل
3 لَيَقُولُنَّ layaqoolunna surely they will say ق و ل
4 إِنَّمَا innama Only —
5 كُنَّا kunna we were ك و ن
6 نَخُوضُ nakhoodu conversing خ و ض
7 وَنَلْعَبُ wanalAAabu and playing ل ع ب
8 قُلْ qul Say ق و ل
9 أَبِاللهِ abiAllahi Is with Allah? أ ل ه
10 وَآيَاتِهِۦ waayatihi and His Verses أ ي ي
11 وَرَسُولِهِۦ warasoolihi and His Messenger ر س ل
12 كُنتُمْ kuntum (that) you were ك و ن
13 تَسْتَهْزِءُونَ tastahzioona mocking ه ز أ

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 66

لَا تَعْتَذِرُوا۟ قَدْ كَفَرْتُم بَعْدَ إِيمَٰنِكُمْ ۚ إِن نَّعْفُ عَن طَآئِفَةٍۢ مِّنكُمْ نُعَذِّبْ طَآئِفَةًۢ بِأَنَّهُمْ كَانُوا۟ مُجْرِمِينَ.(66)

Make no excuse; you have disbelieved [i.e., rejected faith] after your belief. If We pardon one faction of you - We will punish another faction because they were criminals. [At-Tawba: 66]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 66

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Make no excuse; you have disbelieved [i.e., rejected faith] after your belief. If We pardon one faction of you - We will punish another faction because they were criminals.

Transliteration

Ayah 66

La taAAtathiroo qad kafartum baAAda eemanikum in naAAfu AAan taifatin minkum nuAAaththib taifatan biannahum kanoo mujrimeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 66

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 لَا La (Do) not —
2 تَعْتَذِرُواْ taAAtathiroo make excuse ع ذ ر
3 قَدْ qad verily —
4 كَفَرْتُم kafartum you have disbelieved ك ف ر
5 بَعْدَ baAAda after ب ع د
6 إِيمَانِكُمْ eemanikum your belief أ م ن
7 إِن in If —
8 نَّعْفُ naAAfu We pardon ع ف و
9 عَن AAan [on] —
10 طَآئِفَةٍ taifatin a party ط و ف
11 مِّنكُمْ minkum of you —
12 نُعَذِّبْ nuAAaththib We will punish ع ذ ب
13 طَآئِفَةً taifatan a party ط و ف
14 بِأَنَّهُمْ biannahum because they —
15 كَانُواْ kanoo were ك و ن
16 مُجْرِمِينَ mujrimeena criminals ج ر م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 67

ٱلْمُنَٰفِقُونَ وَٱلْمُنَٰفِقَٰتُ بَعْضُهُم مِّنۢ بَعْضٍۢ ۚ يَأْمُرُونَ بِٱلْمُنكَرِ وَيَنْهَوْنَ عَنِ ٱلْمَعْرُوفِ وَيَقْبِضُونَ أَيْدِيَهُمْ ۚ نَسُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ فَنَسِيَهُمْ ۗ إِنَّ ٱلْمُنَٰفِقِينَ هُمُ ٱلْفَٰسِقُونَ.(67)

The hypocrite men and hypocrite women are of one another. They enjoin what is wrong and forbid what is right and close their hands.1 They have forgotten Allāh, so He has forgotten them [accordingly]. Indeed, the hypocrites - it is they who are the defiantly disobedient. [At-Tawba: 67]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 67

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

The hypocrite men and hypocrite women are of one another. They enjoin what is wrong and forbid what is right and close their hands.1 They have forgotten Allāh, so He has forgotten them [accordingly]. Indeed, the hypocrites - it is they who are the defiantly disobedient.

Transliteration

Ayah 67

Almunafiqoona waalmunafiqatu baAAduhum min baAAdin yamuroona bialmunkari wayanhawna AAani almaAAroofi wayaqbidoona aydiyahum nasoo Allaha fanasiyahum inna almunafiqeena humu alfasiqoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 67

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 الْمُنَافِقُونَ Almunafiqoona The hypocrite men ن ف ق
2 وَالْمُنَافِقَاتُ waalmunafiqatu and the hypocrite women ن ف ق
3 بَعْضُهُم baAAduhum some of them ب ع ض
4 مِّنْ min (are) of —
5 بَعْضٍ baAAdin others ب ع ض
6 يَأْمُرُونَ yamuroona They enjoin أ م ر
7 بِالْمُنكَرِ bialmunkari the wrong ن ك ر
8 وَيَنْهَوْنَ wayanhawna and forbid ن ه ي
9 عَنِ AAani what —
10 الْمَعْرُوفِ almaAAroofi (is) the right ع ر ف
11 وَيَقْبِضُونَ wayaqbidoona and they close ق ب ض
12 أَيْدِيَهُمْ aydiyahum their hands ي د ي
13 نَسُواْ nasoo They forget ن س ي
14 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
15 فَنَسِيَهُمْ fanasiyahum so He has forgotten them ن س ي
16 إِنَّ inna Indeed —
17 الْمُنَافِقِينَ almunafiqeena the hypocrites ن ف ق
18 هُمُ humu they (are) —
19 الْفَاسِقُونَ alfasiqoona the defiantly disobedient ف س ق

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 68

وَعَدَ ٱللَّهُ ٱلْمُنَٰفِقِينَ وَٱلْمُنَٰفِقَٰتِ وَٱلْكُفَّارَ نَارَ جَهَنَّمَ خَٰلِدِينَ فِيهَا ۚ هِىَ حَسْبُهُمْ ۚ وَلَعَنَهُمُ ٱللَّهُ ۖ وَلَهُمْ عَذَابٌۭ مُّقِيمٌۭ.(68)

Allāh has promised the hypocrite men and hypocrite women and the disbelievers the fire of Hell, wherein they will abide eternally. It is sufficient for them. And Allāh has cursed them, and for them is an enduring punishment. [At-Tawba: 68]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 68

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Allāh has promised the hypocrite men and hypocrite women and the disbelievers the fire of Hell, wherein they will abide eternally. It is sufficient for them. And Allāh has cursed them, and for them is an enduring punishment.

Transliteration

Ayah 68

WaAAada Allahu almunafiqeena waalmunafiqati waalkuffara nara jahannama khalideena feeha hiya hasbuhum walaAAanahumu Allahu walahum AAathabun muqeemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 68

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَعَدَ WaAAada has promised و ع د
2 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
3 الْمُنَافِقِينَ almunafiqeena the hypocrite men ن ف ق
4 وَالْمُنَافِقَاتِ waalmunafiqati and the hypocrite women ن ف ق
5 وَالْكُفَّارَ waalkuffara and the disbelievers ك ف ر
6 نَارَ nara Fire ن و ر
7 جَهَنَّمَ jahannama (of) Hell —
8 خَالِدِينَ khalideena they (will) abide forever خ ل د
9 فِيهَا feeha in it —
10 هِىَ hiya It (is) —
11 حَسْبُهُمْ hasbuhum sufficient for them ح س ب
12 وَلَعَنَهُمُ walaAAanahumu And has cursed them ل ع ن
13 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
14 وَلَهُمْ walahum and for them —
15 عَذَابٌ AAathabun (is) a punishment ع ذ ب
16 مُّقِيمٌ muqeemun enduring ق و م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 69

كَٱلَّذِينَ مِن قَبْلِكُمْ كَانُوٓا۟ أَشَدَّ مِنكُمْ قُوَّةًۭ وَأَكْثَرَ أَمْوَٰلًۭا وَأَوْلَٰدًۭا فَٱسْتَمْتَعُوا۟ بِخَلَٰقِهِمْ فَٱسْتَمْتَعْتُم بِخَلَٰقِكُمْ كَمَا ٱسْتَمْتَعَ ٱلَّذِينَ مِن قَبْلِكُم بِخَلَٰقِهِمْ وَخُضْتُمْ كَٱلَّذِى خَاضُوٓا۟ ۚ أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ حَبِطَتْ أَعْمَٰلُهُمْ فِى ٱلدُّنْيَا وَٱلْآخِرَةِ ۖ وَأُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ هُمُ ٱلْخَٰسِرُونَ.(69)

[You disbelievers are] like those before you; they were stronger than you in power and more abundant in wealth and children. They enjoyed their portion [of worldly enjoyment], and you have enjoyed your portion as those before you enjoyed their portion, and you have engaged [in vanities] like that in which they engaged. [It is] those whose deeds have become worthless in this world and in the Hereafter, and it is they who are the losers. [At-Tawba: 69]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 69

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

[You disbelievers are] like those before you; they were stronger than you in power and more abundant in wealth and children. They enjoyed their portion [of worldly enjoyment], and you have enjoyed your portion as those before you enjoyed their portion, and you have engaged [in vanities] like that in which they engaged. [It is] those whose deeds have become worthless in this world and in the Hereafter, and it is they who are the losers.

Transliteration

Ayah 69

Kaallatheena min qablikum kanoo ashadda minkum quwwatan waakthara amwalan waawladan faistamtaAAoo bikhalaqihim faistamtaAAtum bikhalaqikum kama istamtaAAa allatheena min qablikum bikhalaqihim wakhudtum kaallathee khadoo olaika habitat aAAmaluhum fee alddunya waalakhirati waolaika humu alkhasiroona

Word-by-word

Ayah 69

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 كَالَّذِينَ Kaallatheena Like those —
2 مِن min from —
3 قَبْلِكُمْ qablikum before you ق ب ل
4 كَانُوٓا kanoo they were ك و ن
5 أَشَدَّ ashadda mightier ش د د
6 مِنكُمْ minkum than you —
7 قُوَّةً quwwatan (in) strength ق و ي
8 وَأَكْثَرَ waakthara and more abundant ك ث ر
9 أَمْوَالًا amwalan (in) wealth م و ل
10 وَأَوْلَادًا waawladan and children و ل د
11 فَاسْتَمْتَعُواْ faistamtaAAoo So they enjoyed م ت ع
12 بِخَلَاقِهِمْ bikhalaqihim their portion خ ل ق
13 فَاسْتَمْتَعْتُم faistamtaAAtum and you have enjoyed م ت ع
14 بِخَلَاقِكُمْ bikhalaqikum your portion خ ل ق
15 كَمَا kama like —
16 اسْتَمْتَعَ istamtaAAa enjoyed م ت ع
17 الَّذِينَ allatheena those —
18 مِن min from —
19 قَبْلِكُمْ qablikum before you ق ب ل
20 بِخَلَاقِهِمْ bikhalaqihim their portion خ ل ق
21 وَخُضْتُمْ wakhudtum and you indulge خ و ض
22 كَالَّذِى kaallathee like the one who —
23 خَاضُواْ khadoo indulges (in idle talk) خ و ض
24 أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ olaika Those —
25 حَبِطَتْ habitat worthless ح ب ط
26 أَعْمَالُهُمْ aAAmaluhum (are) their deeds ع م ل
27 فِى fee in —
28 الدُّنْيَا alddunya the world د ن و
29 وَالْآخِرَةِ waalakhirati and (in) the Hereafter أ خ ر
30 وَأُوْلَٰٓئِكَ waolaika And those —
31 هُمُ humu they —
32 الْخَاسِرُونَ alkhasiroona (are) the losers خ س ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 70

أَلَمْ يَأْتِهِمْ نَبَأُ ٱلَّذِينَ مِن قَبْلِهِمْ قَوْمِ نُوحٍۢ وَعَادٍۢ وَثَمُودَ وَقَوْمِ إِبْرَٰهِيمَ وَأَصْحَٰبِ مَدْيَنَ وَٱلْمُؤْتَفِكَٰتِ ۚ أَتَتْهُمْ رُسُلُهُم بِٱلْبَيِّنَٰتِ ۖ فَمَا كَانَ ٱللَّهُ لِيَظْلِمَهُمْ وَلَٰكِن كَانُوٓا۟ أَنفُسَهُمْ يَظْلِمُونَ.(70)

Has there not reached them the news of those before them - the people of Noah and [the tribes of] ʿAad and Thamūd and the people of Abraham and the companions [i.e., dwellers] of Madyan and the towns overturned?1 Their messengers came to them with clear proofs. And Allāh would never have wronged them, but they were wronging themselves. [At-Tawba: 70]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 70

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Has there not reached them the news of those before them - the people of Noah and [the tribes of] ʿAad and Thamūd and the people of Abraham and the companions [i.e., dwellers] of Madyan and the towns overturned?1 Their messengers came to them with clear proofs. And Allāh would never have wronged them, but they were wronging themselves.

Transliteration

Ayah 70

Alam yatihim nabao allatheena min qablihim qawmi noohin waAAadin wathamooda waqawmi ibraheema waashabi madyana waalmutafikati atathum rusuluhum bialbayyinati fama kana Allahu liyathlimahum walakin kanoo anfusahum yathlimoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 70

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 أَلَمْ Alam Has not? —
2 يَأْتِهِمْ yatihim come to them أ ت ي
3 نَبَأُ nabao (the) news ن ب أ
4 الَّذِينَ allatheena (of) those who —
5 مِن min (were) from —
6 قَبْلِهِمْ qablihim before them ق ب ل
7 قَوْمِ qawmi (the) people ق و م
8 نُوحٍ noohin (of) Nuh —
9 وَعَادٍ waAAadin and Aad ع و د
10 وَثَمُودَ wathamooda and Thamud —
11 وَقَوْمِ waqawmi and (the) people ق و م
12 إِبْرَاهِيمَ ibraheema (of) Ibrahim —
13 وَأَصْحَابِ waashabi and (the) companions ص ح ب
14 مَدْيَنَ madyana (of) Madyan —
15 وَالْمُؤْتَفِكَاتِ waalmutafikati and the towns overturned أ ف ك
16 أَتَتْهُمْ atathum Came to them أ ت ي
17 رُسُلُهُم rusuluhum their Messengers ر س ل
18 بِالْبَيِّنَاتِ bialbayyinati with clear proofs ب ي ن
19 فَمَا fama And not —
20 كَانَ kana was ك و ن
21 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
22 لِيَظْلِمَهُمْ liyathlimahum to wrong them ظ ل م
23 وَلَٰكِن walakin but —
24 كَانُوٓا kanoo they were (to) ك و ن
25 أَنفُسَهُمْ anfusahum themselves ن ف س
26 يَظْلِمُونَ yathlimoona doing wrong ظ ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 71

وَٱلْمُؤْمِنُونَ وَٱلْمُؤْمِنَٰتُ بَعْضُهُمْ أَوْلِيَآءُ بَعْضٍۢ ۚ يَأْمُرُونَ بِٱلْمَعْرُوفِ وَيَنْهَوْنَ عَنِ ٱلْمُنكَرِ وَيُقِيمُونَ ٱلصَّلَوٰةَ وَيُؤْتُونَ ٱلزَّكَوٰةَ وَيُطِيعُونَ ٱللَّهَ وَرَسُولَهُۥٓ ۚ أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ سَيَرْحَمُهُمُ ٱللَّهُ ۗ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ عَزِيزٌ حَكِيمٌۭ.(71)

The believing men and believing women are allies of one another. They enjoin what is right and forbid what is wrong and establish prayer and give zakāh and obey Allāh and His Messenger. Those - Allāh will have mercy upon them. Indeed, Allāh is Exalted in Might and Wise. [At-Tawba: 71]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 71

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

The believing men and believing women are allies of one another. They enjoin what is right and forbid what is wrong and establish prayer and give zakāh and obey Allāh and His Messenger. Those - Allāh will have mercy upon them. Indeed, Allāh is Exalted in Might and Wise.

Transliteration

Ayah 71

Waalmuminoona waalmuminatu baAAduhum awliyao baAAdin yamuroona bialmaAAroofi wayanhawna AAani almunkari wayuqeemoona alssalata wayutoona alzzakata wayuteeAAoona Allaha warasoolahu olaika sayarhamuhumu Allahu inna Allaha AAazeezun hakeemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 71

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَالْمُؤْمِنُونَ Waalmuminoona And the believing men أ م ن
2 وَالْمُؤْمِنَاتُ waalmuminatu and the believing women أ م ن
3 بَعْضُهُمْ baAAduhum some of them ب ع ض
4 أَوْلِيَآءُ awliyao (are) allies و ل ي
5 بَعْضٍ baAAdin (of) others ب ع ض
6 يَأْمُرُونَ yamuroona They enjoin أ م ر
7 بِالْمَعْرُوفِ bialmaAAroofi the right ع ر ف
8 وَيَنْهَوْنَ wayanhawna and forbid ن ه ي
9 عَنِ AAani from —
10 الْمُنكَرِ almunkari the wrong ن ك ر
11 وَيُقِيمُونَ wayuqeemoona and they establish ق و م
12 الصَّلَوٰةَ alssalata the prayer ص ل و
13 وَيُؤْتُونَ wayutoona and give أ ت ي
14 الزَّكَوٰةَ alzzakata the zakah ز ك و
15 وَيُطِيعُونَ wayuteeAAoona and they obey ط و ع
16 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
17 وَرَسُولَهُۥٓ warasoolahu and His Messenger ر س ل
18 أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ olaika Those —
19 سَيَرْحَمُهُمُ sayarhamuhumu will have mercy on them ر ح م
20 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
21 إِنَّ inna Indeed —
22 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
23 عَزِيزٌ AAazeezun (is) All-Mighty ع ز ز
24 حَكِيمٌ hakeemun All-Wise ح ك م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 72

وَعَدَ ٱللَّهُ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ وَٱلْمُؤْمِنَٰتِ جَنَّٰتٍۢ تَجْرِى مِن تَحْتِهَا ٱلْأَنْهَٰرُ خَٰلِدِينَ فِيهَا وَمَسَٰكِنَ طَيِّبَةًۭ فِى جَنَّٰتِ عَدْنٍۢ ۚ وَرِضْوَٰنٌۭ مِّنَ ٱللَّهِ أَكْبَرُ ۚ ذَٰلِكَ هُوَ ٱلْفَوْزُ ٱلْعَظِيمُ.(72)

Allāh has promised the believing men and believing women gardens beneath which rivers flow, wherein they abide eternally, and pleasant dwellings in gardens of perpetual residence; but approval from Allāh is greater. It is that which is the great attainment. [At-Tawba: 72]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 72

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Allāh has promised the believing men and believing women gardens beneath which rivers flow, wherein they abide eternally, and pleasant dwellings in gardens of perpetual residence; but approval from Allāh is greater. It is that which is the great attainment.

Transliteration

Ayah 72

WaAAada Allahu almumineena waalmuminati jannatin tajree min tahtiha alanharu khalideena feeha wamasakina tayyibatan fee jannati AAadnin waridwanun mina Allahi akbaru thalika huwa alfawzu alAAatheemu

Word-by-word

Ayah 72

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَعَدَ WaAAada (Has been) promised و ع د
2 اللهُ Allahu (by) Allah أ ل ه
3 الْمُؤْمِنِينَ almumineena (to) the believing men أ م ن
4 وَالْمُؤْمِنَاتِ waalmuminati and the believing women أ م ن
5 جَنَّاتٍ jannatin Gardens ج ن ن
6 تَجْرِى tajree flow ج ر ي
7 مِن min from —
8 تَحْتِهَا tahtiha underneath it ت ح ت
9 الْأَنْهَارُ alanharu the rivers ن ه ر
10 خَالِدِينَ khalideena (will) abide forever خ ل د
11 فِيهَا feeha in it —
12 وَمَسَاكِنَ wamasakina and dwellings س ك ن
13 طَيِّبَةً tayyibatan blessed ط ي ب
14 فِى fee in —
15 جَنَّاتِ jannati Gardens ج ن ن
16 عَدْنٍ AAadnin (of) everlasting bliss —
17 وَرِضْوَانٌ waridwanun But the pleasure ر ض و
18 مِّنَ mina of —
19 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
20 أَكْبَرُ akbaru (is) greater ك ب ر
21 ذَٰلِكَ thalika That —
22 هُوَ huwa it —
23 الْفَوْزُ alfawzu (is) the success ف و ز
24 الْعَظِيمُ alAAatheemu great ع ظ م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 73

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلنَّبِىُّ جَٰهِدِ ٱلْكُفَّارَ وَٱلْمُنَٰفِقِينَ وَٱغْلُظْ عَلَيْهِمْ ۚ وَمَأْوَىٰهُمْ جَهَنَّمُ ۖ وَبِئْسَ ٱلْمَصِيرُ.(73)

O Prophet, fight against the disbelievers and the hypocrites and be harsh upon them. And their refuge is Hell, and wretched is the destination. [At-Tawba: 73]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 73

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

O Prophet, fight against the disbelievers and the hypocrites and be harsh upon them. And their refuge is Hell, and wretched is the destination.

Transliteration

Ayah 73

Ya ayyuha alnnabiyyu jahidi alkuffara waalmunafiqeena waoghluth AAalayhim wamawahum jahannamu wabisa almaseeru

Word-by-word

Ayah 73

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَاأَيُّهَا yaayyuha O —
2 النَّبِىُّ alnnabiyyu Prophet! ن ب أ
3 جَاهِدِ jahidi Strive (against) ج ه د
4 الْكُفَّارَ alkuffara the disbelievers ك ف ر
5 وَالْمُنَافِقِينَ waalmunafiqeena and the hypocrites ن ف ق
6 وَاغْلُظْ waoghluth and be stern غ ل ظ
7 عَلَيْهِمْ AAalayhim with them —
8 وَمَأْوَىٰهُمْ wamawahum And their abode أ و ي
9 جَهَنَّمُ jahannamu (is) Hell —
10 وَبِئْسَ wabisa and wretched ب أ س
11 الْمَصِيرُ almaseeru (is) the destination ص ي ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 74

يَحْلِفُونَ بِٱللَّـهِ مَا قَالُوا۟ وَلَقَدْ قَالُوا۟ كَلِمَةَ ٱلْكُفْرِ وَكَفَرُوا۟ بَعْدَ إِسْلَـٰمِهِمْ وَهَمُّوا۟ بِمَا لَمْ يَنَالُوا۟ ۚ وَمَا نَقَمُوٓا۟ إِلَّآ أَنْ أَغْنَىٰهُمُ ٱللَّـهُ وَرَسُولُهُۥ مِن فَضْلِهِۦ ۚ فَإِن يَتُوبُوا۟ يَكُ خَيْرًا لَّهُمْ ۖ وَإِن يَتَوَلَّوْا۟ يُعَذِّبْهُمُ ٱللَّـهُ عَذَابًا أَلِيمًا فِى ٱلدُّنْيَا وَٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ ۚ وَمَا لَهُمْ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ مِن وَلِىٍّۢ وَلَا نَصِيرٍ(74)

They swear by Allāh that they did not say [anything against the Prophet (ﷺ)] while they had said the word of disbelief and disbelieved after their [pretense of] Islām and planned that which they were not to attain.1 And they were not resentful except [for the fact] that Allāh and His Messenger had enriched them of His bounty.2 So if they repent, it is better for them; but if they turn away, Allāh will punish them with a painful punishment in this world and the Hereafter. And there will not be for them on earth any protector or helper. [At-Tawba: 74]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 74

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

They swear by Allāh that they did not say [anything against the Prophet (ﷺ)] while they had said the word of disbelief and disbelieved after their [pretense of] Islām and planned that which they were not to attain.1 And they were not resentful except [for the fact] that Allāh and His Messenger had enriched them of His bounty.2 So if they repent, it is better for them; but if they turn away, Allāh will punish them with a painful punishment in this world and the Hereafter. And there will not be for them on earth any protector or helper.

Transliteration

Ayah 74

Yahlifoona biAllahi ma qaloo walaqad qaloo kalimata alkufri wakafaroo baAAda islamihim wahammoo bima lam yanaloo wama naqamoo illa an aghnahumu Allahu warasooluhu min fadlihi fain yatooboo yaku khayran lahum wain yatawallaw yuAAaththibhumu Allahu AAathaban aleeman fee alddunya waalakhirati wama lahum fee alardi min waliyyin wala naseerin

Word-by-word

Ayah 74

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَحْلِفُونَ Yahlifoona They swear ح ل ف
2 بِاللهِ biAllahi by Allah أ ل ه
3 مَا ma nothing —
4 قَالُواْ qaloo (that) they said ق و ل
5 وَلَقَدْ walaqad while certainly —
6 قَالُواْ qaloo they said ق و ل
7 كَلِمَةَ kalimata (the) word ك ل م
8 الْكُفْرِ alkufri (of) the disbelief ك ف ر
9 وَكَفَرُواْ wakafaroo and disbelieved ك ف ر
10 بَعْدَ baAAda after ب ع د
11 إِسْلَامِهِمْ islamihim their (pretense of) Islam س ل م
12 وَهَمُّواْ wahammoo and planned ه م م
13 بِمَا bima [of] what —
14 لَمْ lam not —
15 يَنَالُواْ yanaloo they could attain ن ي ل
16 وَمَا wama And not —
17 نَقَمُوٓاْ naqamoo they were resentful ن ق م
18 إِلَّآ illa except —
19 أَنْ an that —
20 أَغْنَاهُمُ aghnahumu had enriched them غ ن ي
21 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
22 وَرَسُولُهُۥ warasooluhu and His Messenger ر س ل
23 مِن min of —
24 فَضْلِهِۦ fadlihi His Bounty ف ض ل
25 فَإِن fain So if —
26 يَتُوبُواْ yatooboo they repent ت و ب
27 يَكُ yaku it is ك و ن
28 خَيْرًا khayran better خ ي ر
29 لَّهُمْ lahum for them —
30 وَإِن wain and if —
31 يَتَوَلَّوْا yatawallaw they turn away و ل ي
32 يُعَذِّبْهُمُ yuAAaththibhumu will punish them ع ذ ب
33 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
34 عَذَابًا AAathaban (with) a punishment ع ذ ب
35 أَلِيمًا aleeman painful أ ل م
36 فِى fee in —
37 الدُّنْيَا alddunya the world د ن و
38 وَالْآخِرَةِ waalakhirati and (in) the Hereafter أ خ ر
39 وَمَا wama And not —
40 لَهُمْ lahum for them —
41 فِى fee in —
42 الْأَرْضِ alardi the earth أ ر ض
43 مِن min any —
44 وَلِيٍّ waliyyin protector و ل ي
45 وَلَا wala and not —
46 نَصِيرٍ naseerin a helper ن ص ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 75

وَمِنْهُم مَّنْ عَٰهَدَ ٱللَّهَ لَئِنْ ءَاتَىٰنَا مِن فَضْلِهِۦ لَنَصَّدَّقَنَّ وَلَنَكُونَنَّ مِنَ ٱلصَّٰلِحِينَ.(75)

And among them are those who made a covenant with Allāh, [saying], "If He should give us from His bounty, we will surely spend in charity, and we will surely be among the righteous." [At-Tawba: 75]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 75

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And among them are those who made a covenant with Allāh, [saying], "If He should give us from His bounty, we will surely spend in charity, and we will surely be among the righteous."

Transliteration

Ayah 75

Waminhum man AAahada Allaha lain atana min fadlihi lanassaddaqanna walanakoonanna mina alssaliheena

Word-by-word

Ayah 75

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَمِنْهُم Waminhum And among them —
2 مَّنْ man (is he) who —
3 عَاهَدَ AAahada made a covenant ع ه د
4 اللهَ Allaha (with) Allah أ ل ه
5 لَئِنْ lain If —
6 اٰتَانَا atana He gives us أ ت ي
7 مِن min of —
8 فَضْلِهِۦ fadlihi His bounty ف ض ل
9 لَنَصَّدَّقَنَّ lanassaddaqanna surely we will give charity ص د ق
10 وَلَنَكُونَنَّ walanakoonanna and surely we will be ك و ن
11 مِنَ mina among —
12 الصَّالِحِينَ alssaliheena the righteous ص ل ح

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 76

فَلَمَّآ ءَاتَىٰهُم مِّن فَضْلِهِۦ بَخِلُوا۟ بِهِۦ وَتَوَلَّوا۟ وَّهُم مُّعْرِضُونَ.(76)

But when He gave them from His bounty, they were stingy with it and turned away while they refused. [At-Tawba: 76]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 76

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

But when He gave them from His bounty, they were stingy with it and turned away while they refused.

Transliteration

Ayah 76

Falamma atahum min fadlihi bakhiloo bihi watawallaw wahum muAAridoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 76

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَلَمَّآ Falamma But when —
2 اٰتَاهُم atahum He gave them أ ت ي
3 مِّن min of —
4 فَضْلِهِۦ fadlihi His Bounty ف ض ل
5 بَخِلُواْ bakhiloo they became stingy ب خ ل
6 بِهِۦ bihi with it —
7 وَتَوَلَّواْ watawallaw and turned away و ل ي
8 وَّهُم wahum while they —
9 مُّعْرِضُونَ muAAridoona (were) averse ع ر ض

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 77

فَأَعْقَبَهُمْ نِفَاقًۭا فِى قُلُوبِهِمْ إِلَىٰ يَوْمِ يَلْقَوْنَهُۥ بِمَآ أَخْلَفُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ مَا وَعَدُوهُ وَبِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَكْذِبُونَ.(77)

So He penalized them with hypocrisy in their hearts until the Day they will meet Him - because they failed Allāh in what they promised Him and because they [habitually] used to lie. [At-Tawba: 77]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 77

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

So He penalized them with hypocrisy in their hearts until the Day they will meet Him - because they failed Allāh in what they promised Him and because they [habitually] used to lie.

Transliteration

Ayah 77

FaaAAqabahum nifaqan fee quloobihim ila yawmi yalqawnahu bima akhlafoo Allaha ma waAAadoohu wabima kanoo yakthiboona

Word-by-word

Ayah 77

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَأَعْقَبَهُمْ FaaAAqabahum So He penalized them ع ق ب
2 نِفَاقًا nifaqan (with) hypocrisy ن ف ق
3 فِى fee in —
4 قُلُوبِهِمْ quloobihim their hearts ق ل ب
5 إِلَىٰ ila until —
6 يَوْمِ yawmi the day ي و م
7 يَلْقَوْنَهُۥ yalqawnahu when they will meet Him ل ق ي
8 بِمَآ bima because —
9 أَخْلَفُواْ akhlafoo they broke خ ل ف
10 اللهَ Allaha (the covenant with) Allah أ ل ه
11 مَا ma what —
12 وَعَدُوهُ waAAadoohu they had promised Him و ع د
13 وَبِمَا wabima and because —
14 كَانُواْ kanoo they used to ك و ن
15 يَكْذِبُونَ yakthiboona lie ك ذ ب

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 78

أَلَمْ يَعْلَمُوٓا۟ أَنَّ ٱللَّهَ يَعْلَمُ سِرَّهُمْ وَنَجْوَىٰهُمْ وَأَنَّ ٱللَّهَ عَلَّٰمُ ٱلْغُيُوبِ.(78)

Did they not know that Allāh knows their secrets and their private conversations and that Allāh is the Knower of the unseen? [At-Tawba: 78]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 78

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Did they not know that Allāh knows their secrets and their private conversations and that Allāh is the Knower of the unseen?

Transliteration

Ayah 78

Alam yaAAlamoo anna Allaha yaAAlamu sirrahum wanajwahum waanna Allaha AAallamu alghuyoobi

Word-by-word

Ayah 78

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 أَلَمْ Alam Do not? —
2 يَعْلَمُوٓاْ yaAAlamoo they know ع ل م
3 أَنَّ anna that —
4 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
5 يَعْلَمُ yaAAlamu knows ع ل م
6 سِرَّهُمْ sirrahum their secret س ر ر
7 وَنَجْوَاهُمْ wanajwahum and their secret conversation ن ج و
8 وَأَنَّ waanna and that —
9 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
10 عَلَّامُ AAallamu (is) All-Knower ع ل م
11 الْغُيُوبِ alghuyoobi (of) the unseen غ ي ب

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 79

ٱلَّذِينَ يَلْمِزُونَ ٱلْمُطَّوِّعِينَ مِنَ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ فِى ٱلصَّدَقَٰتِ وَٱلَّذِينَ لَا يَجِدُونَ إِلَّا جُهْدَهُمْ فَيَسْخَرُونَ مِنْهُمْ ۙ سَخِرَ ٱللَّهُ مِنْهُمْ وَلَهُمْ عَذَابٌ أَلِيمٌ.(79)

Those who criticize the contributors among the believers concerning [their] charities and [criticize] the ones who find nothing [to spend] except their effort, so they ridicule them - Allāh will ridicule them, and they will have a painful punishment. [At-Tawba: 79]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 79

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Those who criticize the contributors among the believers concerning [their] charities and [criticize] the ones who find nothing [to spend] except their effort, so they ridicule them - Allāh will ridicule them, and they will have a painful punishment.

Transliteration

Ayah 79

Allatheena yalmizoona almuttawwiAAeena mina almumineena fee alssadaqati waallatheena la yajidoona illa juhdahum fayaskharoona minhum sakhira Allahu minhum walahum AAathabun aleemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 79

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 الَّذِينَ Allatheena Those who —
2 يَلْمِزُونَ yalmizoona criticize ل م ز
3 الْمُطَّوِّعِينَ almuttawwiAAeena the ones who give willingly ط و ع
4 مِنَ mina of —
5 الْمُؤْمِنِينَ almumineena the believers أ م ن
6 فِى fee concerning —
7 الصَّدَقَاتِ alssadaqati the charities ص د ق
8 وَالَّذِينَ waallatheena and those who —
9 لَا la not —
10 يَجِدُونَ yajidoona find و ج د
11 إِلَّا illa except —
12 جُهْدَهُمْ juhdahum their effort ج ه د
13 فَيَسْخَرُونَ fayaskharoona so they ridicule س خ ر
14 مِنْهُمْ minhum them —
15 سَخِرَ sakhira will ridicule س خ ر
16 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
17 مِنْهُمْ minhum them —
18 وَلَهُمْ walahum and for them —
19 عَذَابٌ AAathabun (is) a punishment ع ذ ب
20 أَلِيمٌ aleemun painful أ ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 80

ٱسْتَغْفِرْ لَهُمْ أَوْ لَا تَسْتَغْفِرْ لَهُمْ إِن تَسْتَغْفِرْ لَهُمْ سَبْعِينَ مَرَّةًۭ فَلَن يَغْفِرَ ٱللَّهُ لَهُمْ ۚ ذَٰلِكَ بِأَنَّهُمْ كَفَرُوا۟ بِٱللَّهِ وَرَسُولِهِۦ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ لَا يَهْدِى ٱلْقَوْمَ ٱلْفَٰسِقِينَ.(80)

Ask forgiveness for them, [O Muḥammad], or do not ask forgiveness for them. If you should ask forgiveness for them seventy times - never will Allāh forgive them. That is because they disbelieved in Allāh and His Messenger, and Allāh does not guide the defiantly disobedient people. [At-Tawba: 80]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 80

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Ask forgiveness for them, [O Muḥammad], or do not ask forgiveness for them. If you should ask forgiveness for them seventy times - never will Allāh forgive them. That is because they disbelieved in Allāh and His Messenger, and Allāh does not guide the defiantly disobedient people.

Transliteration

Ayah 80

Istaghfir lahum aw la tastaghfir lahum in tastaghfir lahum sabAAeena marratan falan yaghfira Allahu lahum thalika biannahum kafaroo biAllahi warasoolihi waAllahu la yahdee alqawma alfasiqeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 80

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 اسْتَغْفِرْ Istaghfir Ask forgiveness غ ف ر
2 لَهُمْ lahum for them —
3 أَوْ aw or —
4 لَا la (do) not —
5 تَسْتَغْفِرْ tastaghfir ask forgiveness غ ف ر
6 لَهُمْ lahum for them —
7 إِن in If —
8 تَسْتَغْفِرْ tastaghfir you ask forgiveness غ ف ر
9 لَهُمْ lahum for them —
10 سَبْعِينَ sabAAeena seventy س ب ع
11 مَرَّةً marratan times م ر ر
12 فَلَن falan never —
13 يَغْفِرَ yaghfira will forgive غ ف ر
14 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
15 لَهُمْ lahum [for] them —
16 ذَٰلِكَ thalika That —
17 بِأَنَّهُمْ biannahum (is) because they —
18 كَفَرُواْ kafaroo disbelieved ك ف ر
19 بِاللهِ biAllahi in Allah أ ل ه
20 وَرَسُولِهِۦ warasoolihi and His Messenger ر س ل
21 وَاللهُ waAllahu and Allah أ ل ه
22 لَا la (does) not —
23 يَهْدِى yahdee guide ه د ي
24 الْقَوْمَ alqawma the people ق و م
25 الْفَاسِقِينَ alfasiqeena the defiantly disobedient ف س ق

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 81

فَرِحَ ٱلْمُخَلَّفُونَ بِمَقْعَدِهِمْ خِلَٰفَ رَسُولِ ٱللَّهِ وَكَرِهُوٓا۟ أَن يُجَٰهِدُوا۟ بِأَمْوَٰلِهِمْ وَأَنفُسِهِمْ فِى سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ وَقَالُوا۟ لَا تَنفِرُوا۟ فِى ٱلْحَرِّ ۗ قُلْ نَارُ جَهَنَّمَ أَشَدُّ حَرًّا ۚ لَّوْ كَانُوا۟ يَفْقَهُونَ.(81)

Those who remained behind1 rejoiced in their staying [at home] after [the departure of] the Messenger of Allāh and disliked to strive with their wealth and their lives in the cause of Allāh and said, "Do not go forth in the heat." Say, "The fire of Hell is more intense in heat" - if they would but understand. [At-Tawba: 81]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 81

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Those who remained behind1 rejoiced in their staying [at home] after [the departure of] the Messenger of Allāh and disliked to strive with their wealth and their lives in the cause of Allāh and said, "Do not go forth in the heat." Say, "The fire of Hell is more intense in heat" - if they would but understand.

Transliteration

Ayah 81

Fariha almukhallafoona bimaqAAadihim khilafa rasooli Allahi wakarihoo an yujahidoo biamwalihim waanfusihim fee sabeeli Allahi waqaloo la tanfiroo fee alharri qul naru jahannama ashaddu harran law kanoo yafqahoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 81

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَرِحَ Fariha Rejoice ف ر ح
2 الْمُخَلَّفُونَ almukhallafoona those who remained behind خ ل ف
3 بِمَقْعَدِهِمْ bimaqAAadihim in their staying ق ع د
4 خِلَافَ khilafa behind خ ل ف
5 رَسُولِ rasooli (the) Messenger ر س ل
6 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
7 وَكَرِهُواْ wakarihoo and they disliked ك ر ه
8 أَن an to —
9 يُجَٰهِدُواْ yujahidoo strive ج ه د
10 بِأَمْوَالِهِمْ biamwalihim with their wealth م و ل
11 وَأَنفُسِهِمْ waanfusihim and their lives ن ف س
12 فِى fee in —
13 سَبِيلِ sabeeli (the) way س ب ل
14 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
15 وَقَالُواْ waqaloo and they said ق و ل
16 لَا la (Do) not —
17 تَنفِرُواْ tanfiroo go forth ن ف ر
18 فِى fee in —
19 الْحَرِّ alharri the heat ح ر ر
20 قُلْ qul Say ق و ل
21 نَارُ naru (The) Fire ن و ر
22 جَهَنَّمَ jahannama (of) Hell —
23 أَشَدُّ ashaddu (is) more intense ش د د
24 حَرًّا harran (in) heat ح ر ر
25 لَّوْ law If (only) —
26 كَانُوا kanoo they could ك و ن
27 يَفْقَهُونَ yafqahoona understand ف ق ه

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 82

فَلْيَضْحَكُوا۟ قَلِيلًۭا وَلْيَبْكُوا۟ كَثِيرًۭا جَزَآءًۢ بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَكْسِبُونَ.(82)

So let them laugh a little and [then] weep much as recompense for what they used to earn. [At-Tawba: 82]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 82

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

So let them laugh a little and [then] weep much as recompense for what they used to earn.

Transliteration

Ayah 82

Falyadhakoo qaleelan walyabkoo katheeran jazaan bima kanoo yaksiboona

Word-by-word

Ayah 82

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَلْيَضْحَكُواْ Falyadhakoo So let them laugh ض ح ك
2 قَلِيلًا qaleelan a little ق ل ل
3 وَلْيَبْكُواْ walyabkoo and let them weep ب ك ي
4 كَثِيرًا katheeran much ك ث ر
5 جَزَآءً jazaan (as) a recompense ج ز ي
6 بِمَا bima for what —
7 كَانُواْ kanoo they used to ك و ن
8 يَكْسِبُونَ yaksiboona earn ك س ب

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 83

فَإِن رَّجَعَكَ ٱللَّهُ إِلَىٰ طَآئِفَةٍۢ مِّنْهُمْ فَٱسْتَـْٔذَنُوكَ لِلْخُرُوجِ فَقُل لَّن تَخْرُجُوا۟ مَعِىَ أَبَدًۭا وَلَن تُقَٰتِلُوا۟ مَعِىَ عَدُوًّا ۖ إِنَّكُمْ رَضِيتُم بِٱلْقُعُودِ أَوَّلَ مَرَّةٍۢ فَٱقْعُدُوا۟ مَعَ ٱلْخَٰلِفِينَ.(83)

If Allāh should return you to a faction of them [after the expedition] and then they ask your permission to go out [to battle], say, "You will not go out with me, ever, and you will never fight with me an enemy. Indeed, you were satisfied with sitting [at home] the first time, so sit [now] with those who stay behind." [At-Tawba: 83]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 83

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

If Allāh should return you to a faction of them [after the expedition] and then they ask your permission to go out [to battle], say, "You will not go out with me, ever, and you will never fight with me an enemy. Indeed, you were satisfied with sitting [at home] the first time, so sit [now] with those who stay behind."

Transliteration

Ayah 83

Fain rajaAAaka Allahu ila taifatin minhum faistathanooka lilkhurooji faqul lan takhrujoo maAAiya abadan walan tuqatiloo maAAiya AAaduwwan innakum radeetum bialquAAoodi awwala marratin faoqAAudoo maAAa alkhalifeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 83

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَإِن Fain Then if —
2 رَّجَعَكَ rajaAAaka returns you ر ج ع
3 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
4 إِلَىٰ ila to —
5 طَآئِفَةٍ taifatin a group ط و ف
6 مِّنْهُمْ minhum of them —
7 فَاسْتَـْٔذَنُوكَ faistathanooka and they ask you permission أ ذ ن
8 لِلْخُرُوجِ lilkhurooji to go out خ ر ج
9 فَقُل faqul then say ق و ل
10 لَّن lan Never —
11 تَخْرُجُواْ takhrujoo will you come out خ ر ج
12 مَعِىَ maAAiya with me —
13 أَبَدًا abadan ever أ ب د
14 وَلَن walan and never —
15 تُقَاتِلُواْ tuqatiloo will you fight ق ت ل
16 مَعِىَ maAAiya with me —
17 عَدُوًّا AAaduwwan any enemy ع د و
18 إِنَّكُمْ innakum Indeed you —
19 رَضِيتُم radeetum were satisfied ر ض و
20 بِالْقُعُودِ bialquAAoodi with sitting ق ع د
21 أَوَّلَ awwala (the) first أ و ل
22 مَرَّةٍ marratin time م ر ر
23 فَاقْعُدُواْ faoqAAudoo so sit ق ع د
24 مَعَ maAAa with —
25 الْخَالِفِينَ alkhalifeena those who stay behind خ ل ف

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 84

وَلَا تُصَلِّ عَلَىٰٓ أَحَدٍۢ مِّنْهُم مَّاتَ أَبَدًۭا وَلَا تَقُمْ عَلَىٰ قَبْرِهِۦٓ ۖ إِنَّهُمْ كَفَرُوا۟ بِٱللَّهِ وَرَسُولِهِۦ وَمَاتُوا۟ وَهُمْ فَٰسِقُونَ.(84)

And do not pray [the funeral prayer, O Muḥammad], over any of them who has died - ever - or stand at his grave. Indeed, they disbelieved in Allāh and His Messenger and died while they were defiantly disobedient. [At-Tawba: 84]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 84

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And do not pray [the funeral prayer, O Muḥammad], over any of them who has died - ever - or stand at his grave. Indeed, they disbelieved in Allāh and His Messenger and died while they were defiantly disobedient.

Transliteration

Ayah 84

Wala tusalli AAala ahadin minhum mata abadan wala taqum AAala qabrihi innahum kafaroo biAllahi warasoolihi wamatoo wahum fasiqoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 84

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَا Wala And not —
2 تُصَلِّ tusalli you pray ص ل و
3 عَلَىٰٓ AAala for —
4 أَحَدٍ ahadin any أ ح د
5 مِّنْهُم minhum of them —
6 مَّاتَ mata who dies م و ت
7 أَبَدًا abadan ever أ ب د
8 وَلَا wala and not —
9 تَقُمْ taqum you stand ق و م
10 عَلَىٰ AAala by —
11 قَبْرِهِۦٓ qabrihi his grave ق ب ر
12 إِنَّهُمْ innahum Indeed they —
13 كَفَرُواْ kafaroo disbelieved ك ف ر
14 بِاللهِ biAllahi in Allah أ ل ه
15 وَرَسُولِهِۦ warasoolihi and His Messenger ر س ل
16 وَمَاتُواْ wamatoo and died م و ت
17 وَهُمْ wahum while they were —
18 فَاسِقُونَ fasiqoona defiantly disobedient ف س ق

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 85

وَلَا تُعْجِبْكَ أَمْوَٰلُهُمْ وَأَوْلَٰدُهُمْ ۚ إِنَّمَا يُرِيدُ ٱللَّهُ أَن يُعَذِّبَهُم بِهَا فِى ٱلدُّنْيَا وَتَزْهَقَ أَنفُسُهُمْ وَهُمْ كَٰفِرُونَ.(85)

And let not their wealth and their children impress you. Allāh only intends to punish them through them in this world and that their souls should depart [at death] while they are disbelievers. [At-Tawba: 85]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 85

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And let not their wealth and their children impress you. Allāh only intends to punish them through them in this world and that their souls should depart [at death] while they are disbelievers.

Transliteration

Ayah 85

Wala tuAAjibka amwaluhum waawladuhum innama yureedu Allahu an yuAAaththibahum biha fee alddunya watazhaqa anfusuhum wahum kafiroona

Word-by-word

Ayah 85

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَا Wala And (let) not —
2 تُعْجِبْكَ tuAAjibka impress you ع ج ب
3 أَمْوَالُهُمْ amwaluhum their wealth م و ل
4 وَأَوْلَادُهُمْ waawladuhum and their children و ل د
5 إِنَّمَا innama Only —
6 يُرِيدُ yureedu intends ر و د
7 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
8 أَن an to —
9 يُعَذِّبَهُم yuAAaththibahum punish them ع ذ ب
10 بِهَا biha with it —
11 فِى fee in —
12 الدُّنْيَا alddunya the world د ن و
13 وَتَزْهَقَ watazhaqa and will depart ز ه ق
14 أَنفُسُهُمْ anfusuhum their souls ن ف س
15 وَهُمْ wahum while they —
16 كَافِرُونَ kafiroona (are) disbelievers ك ف ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 86

وَإِذَآ أُنزِلَتْ سُورَةٌ أَنْ ءَامِنُوا۟ بِٱللَّهِ وَجَٰهِدُوا۟ مَعَ رَسُولِهِ ٱسْتَـْٔذَنَكَ أُو۟لُوا۟ ٱلطَّوْلِ مِنْهُمْ وَقَالُوا۟ ذَرْنَا نَكُن مَّعَ ٱلْقَٰعِدِينَ.(86)

And when a sūrah was revealed [enjoining them] to believe in Allāh and to fight with His Messenger, those of wealth among them asked your permission [to stay back] and said, "Leave us to be with them who sit [at home]." [At-Tawba: 86]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 86

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And when a sūrah was revealed [enjoining them] to believe in Allāh and to fight with His Messenger, those of wealth among them asked your permission [to stay back] and said, "Leave us to be with them who sit [at home]."

Transliteration

Ayah 86

Waitha onzilat sooratun an aminoo biAllahi wajahidoo maAAa rasoolihi istathanaka oloo alttawli minhum waqaloo tharna nakun maAAa alqaAAideena

Word-by-word

Ayah 86

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَإِذَآ Waitha And when —
2 أُنزِلَتْ onzilat was revealed ن ز ل
3 سُورَةٌ sooratun a Surah س و ر
4 أَنْ an that —
5 اٰمِنُواْ aminoo believe أ م ن
6 بِاللهِ biAllahi in Allah أ ل ه
7 وَجَاهِدُواْ wajahidoo and strive ج ه د
8 مَعَ maAAa with —
9 رَسُولِهِ rasoolihi His Messenger ر س ل
10 اسْتَأْذَنَكَ istathanaka ask your permission أ ذ ن
11 أُوْلُواْ oloo (the) men أ و ل
12 الطَّوْلِ alttawli (of) wealth ط و ل
13 مِنْهُمْ minhum among them —
14 وَقَالُواْ waqaloo and said ق و ل
15 ذَرْنَا tharna Leave us و ذ ر
16 نَكُن nakun (to) be ك و ن
17 مَّعَ maAAa with —
18 الْقَٰعِدِينَ alqaAAideena those who sit ق ع د

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 87

رَضُوا۟ بِأَن يَكُونُوا۟ مَعَ ٱلْخَوَالِفِ وَطُبِعَ عَلَىٰ قُلُوبِهِمْ فَهُمْ لَا يَفْقَهُونَ.(87)

They were satisfied to be with those who stay behind, and their hearts were sealed over, so they do not understand. [At-Tawba: 87]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 87

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

They were satisfied to be with those who stay behind, and their hearts were sealed over, so they do not understand.

Transliteration

Ayah 87

Radoo bian yakoonoo maAAa alkhawalifi watubiAAa AAala quloobihim fahum la yafqahoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 87

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 رَضُواْ Radoo They (were) satisfied ر ض و
2 بِأَن bian to —
3 يَكُونُواْ yakoonoo be ك و ن
4 مَعَ maAAa with —
5 الْخَوَالِفِ alkhawalifi those who stay behind خ ل ف
6 وَطُبِعَ watubiAAa and were sealed ط ب ع
7 عَلَىٰ AAala [on] —
8 قُلُوبِهِمْ quloobihim their hearts ق ل ب
9 فَهُمْ fahum so they —
10 لَا la (do) not —
11 يَفْقَهُونَ yafqahoona understand ف ق ه

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 88

لَٰكِنِ ٱلرَّسُولُ وَٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ مَعَهُۥ جَٰهَدُوا۟ بِأَمْوَٰلِهِمْ وَأَنفُسِهِمْ ۚ وَأُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ لَهُمُ ٱلْخَيْرَٰتُ ۖ وَأُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ هُمُ ٱلْمُفْلِحُونَ.(88)

But the Messenger and those who believed with him fought with their wealth and their lives. Those will have [all that is] good and it is those who are the successful. [At-Tawba: 88]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 88

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

But the Messenger and those who believed with him fought with their wealth and their lives. Those will have [all that is] good and it is those who are the successful.

Transliteration

Ayah 88

Lakini alrrasoolu waallatheena amanoo maAAahu jahadoo biamwalihim waanfusihim waolaika lahumu alkhayratu waolaika humu almuflihoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 88

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 لَٰكِنِ Lakini But —
2 الرَّسُولُ alrrasoolu the Messenger ر س ل
3 وَالَّذِينَ waallatheena and those who —
4 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believed أ م ن
5 مَعَهُۥ maAAahu with him —
6 جَاهَدُواْ jahadoo strove ج ه د
7 بِأَمْوَالِهِمْ biamwalihim with their wealth م و ل
8 وَأَنفُسِهِمْ waanfusihim and their lives ن ف س
9 وَأُوْلَٰٓئِكَ waolaika And those —
10 لَهُمُ lahumu for them —
11 الْخَيْرَاتُ alkhayratu (are) the good things خ ي ر
12 وَأُوْلَٰٓئِكَ waolaika and those —
13 هُمُ humu they —
14 الْمُفْلِحُونَ almuflihoona (are) the successful ones ف ل ح

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 89

أَعَدَّ ٱللَّهُ لَهُمْ جَنَّٰتٍۢ تَجْرِى مِن تَحْتِهَا ٱلْأَنْهَٰرُ خَٰلِدِينَ فِيهَا ۚ ذَٰلِكَ ٱلْفَوْزُ ٱلْعَظِيمُ.(89)

Allāh has prepared for them gardens beneath which rivers flow, wherein they will abide eternally. That is the great attainment. [At-Tawba: 89]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 89

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Allāh has prepared for them gardens beneath which rivers flow, wherein they will abide eternally. That is the great attainment.

Transliteration

Ayah 89

aAAadda Allahu lahum jannatin tajree min tahtiha alanharu khalideena feeha thalika alfawzu alAAatheemu

Word-by-word

Ayah 89

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 أَعَدَّ aAAadda has prepared ع د د
2 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
3 لَهُمْ lahum for them —
4 جَنَّاتٍ jannatin Gardens ج ن ن
5 تَجْرِى tajree flows ج ر ي
6 مِن min from —
7 تَحْتِهَا tahtiha underneath it ت ح ت
8 الْأَنْهَارُ alanharu the rivers ن ه ر
9 خَالِدِينَ khalideena (will) abide forever خ ل د
10 فِيهَا feeha in it —
11 ذَٰلِكَ thalika That —
12 الْفَوْزُ alfawzu (is) the success ف و ز
13 الْعَظِيمُ alAAatheemu the great ع ظ م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 90

وَجَآءَ ٱلْمُعَذِّرُونَ مِنَ ٱلْأَعْرَابِ لِيُؤْذَنَ لَهُمْ وَقَعَدَ ٱلَّذِينَ كَذَبُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ وَرَسُولَهُۥ ۚ سَيُصِيبُ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ مِنْهُمْ عَذَابٌ أَلِيمٌۭ.(90)

And those with excuses among the bedouins came to be permitted [to remain], and they who had lied1 to Allāh and His Messenger sat [at home]. There will strike those who disbelieved among them a painful punishment. [At-Tawba: 90]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 90

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And those with excuses among the bedouins came to be permitted [to remain], and they who had lied1 to Allāh and His Messenger sat [at home]. There will strike those who disbelieved among them a painful punishment.

Transliteration

Ayah 90

Wajaa almuAAaththiroona mina alaAArabi liyuthana lahum waqaAAada allatheena kathaboo Allaha warasoolahu sayuseebu allatheena kafaroo minhum AAathabun aleemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 90

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَجَآءَ Wajaa And came ج ي أ
2 الْمُعَذِّرُونَ almuAAaththiroona the ones who make excuses ع ذ ر
3 مِنَ mina of —
4 الْأَعْرَابِ alaAArabi the bedouins ع ر ب
5 لِيُؤْذَنَ liyuthana that permission be granted أ ذ ن
6 لَهُمْ lahum to them —
7 وَقَعَدَ waqaAAada and sat ق ع د
8 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who —
9 كَذَبُواْ kathaboo lied ك ذ ب
10 اللهَ Allaha (to) Allah أ ل ه
11 وَرَسُولَهُۥ warasoolahu and His Messenger ر س ل
12 سَيُصِيبُ sayuseebu Will strike ص و ب
13 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who —
14 كَفَرُواْ kafaroo disbelieved ك ف ر
15 مِنْهُمْ minhum among them —
16 عَذَابٌ AAathabun a punishment ع ذ ب
17 أَلِيمٌ aleemun painful أ ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 91

لَّيْسَ عَلَى ٱلضُّعَفَآءِ وَلَا عَلَى ٱلْمَرْضَىٰ وَلَا عَلَى ٱلَّذِينَ لَا يَجِدُونَ مَا يُنفِقُونَ حَرَجٌ إِذَا نَصَحُوا۟ لِلَّهِ وَرَسُولِهِۦ ۚ مَا عَلَى ٱلْمُحْسِنِينَ مِن سَبِيلٍۢ ۚ وَٱللَّهُ غَفُورٌۭ رَّحِيمٌۭ.(91)

There is not upon the weak or upon the ill or upon those who do not find anything to spend any discomfort [i.e., guilt] when they are sincere to Allāh and His Messenger. There is not upon the doers of good any cause [for blame]. And Allāh is Forgiving and Merciful. [At-Tawba: 91]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 91

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

There is not upon the weak or upon the ill or upon those who do not find anything to spend any discomfort [i.e., guilt] when they are sincere to Allāh and His Messenger. There is not upon the doers of good any cause [for blame]. And Allāh is Forgiving and Merciful.

Transliteration

Ayah 91

Laysa AAala aldduAAafai wala AAala almarda wala AAala allatheena la yajidoona ma yunfiqoona harajun itha nasahoo lillahi warasoolihi ma AAala almuhsineena min sabeelin waAllahu ghafoorun raheemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 91

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 لَّيْسَ Laysa Not ل ي س
2 عَلَى AAala on —
3 الضُّعَفَآءِ aldduAAafai the weak ض ع ف
4 وَلَا wala and not —
5 عَلَى AAala on —
6 الْمَرْضَىٰ almarda the sick م ر ض
7 وَلَا wala and not —
8 عَلَى AAala on —
9 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who —
10 لَا la not —
11 يَجِدُونَ yajidoona they find و ج د
12 مَا ma what —
13 يُنفِقُونَ yunfiqoona they (can) spend ن ف ق
14 حَرَجٌ harajun any blame ح ر ج
15 إِذَا itha if —
16 نَصَحُواْ nasahoo they (are) sincere ن ص ح
17 لِلّٰهِ lillahi to Allah أ ل ه
18 وَرَسُولِهِۦ warasoolihi and His Messenger ر س ل
19 مَا ma Not —
20 عَلَى AAala (is) on —
21 الْمُحْسِنِينَ almuhsineena the good-doers ح س ن
22 مِن min any —
23 سَبِيلٍ sabeelin way (for blame) س ب ل
24 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
25 غَفُورٌ ghafoorun (is) Oft-Forgiving غ ف ر
26 رَّحِيمٌ raheemun Most Merciful ر ح م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 92

وَلَا عَلَى ٱلَّذِينَ إِذَا مَآ أَتَوْكَ لِتَحْمِلَهُمْ قُلْتَ لَآ أَجِدُ مَآ أَحْمِلُكُمْ عَلَيْهِ تَوَلَّوا۟ وَّأَعْيُنُهُمْ تَفِيضُ مِنَ ٱلدَّمْعِ حَزَنًا أَلَّا يَجِدُوا۟ مَا يُنفِقُونَ.(92)

Nor [is there blame] upon those who, when they came to you for you to take them along, you said, "I can find nothing upon which to carry you."1 They turned back while their eyes overflowed with tears out of grief that they could not find something to spend [for the cause of Allāh]. [At-Tawba: 92]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 92

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Nor [is there blame] upon those who, when they came to you for you to take them along, you said, "I can find nothing upon which to carry you."1 They turned back while their eyes overflowed with tears out of grief that they could not find something to spend [for the cause of Allāh].

Transliteration

Ayah 92

Wala AAala allatheena itha ma atawka litahmilahum qulta la ajidu ma ahmilukum AAalayhi tawallaw waaAAyunuhum tafeedu mina alddamAAi hazanan alla yajidoo ma yunfiqoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 92

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَا Wala And not —
2 عَلَى AAala on —
3 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who —
4 إِذَا itha when —
5 مَآ ma ever —
6 أَتَوْكَ atawka they came to you أ ت ي
7 لِتَحْمِلَهُمْ litahmilahum that you provide them with mounts ح م ل
8 قُلْتَ qulta you said ق و ل
9 لَآ la Not —
10 أَجِدُ ajidu I find و ج د
11 مَآ ma what —
12 أَحْمِلُكُمْ ahmilukum to mount you ح م ل
13 عَلَيْهِ AAalayhi on [it] —
14 تَوَلَّواْ tawallaw They turned back و ل ي
15 وَّأَعْيُنُهُمْ waaAAyunuhum with their eyes ع ي ن
16 تَفِيضُ tafeedu flowing ف ي ض
17 مِنَ mina [of] —
18 الدَّمْعِ alddamAAi (with) the tears د م ع
19 حَزَنًا hazanan (of) sorrow ح ز ن
20 أَلَّا alla that not —
21 يَجِدُواْ yajidoo they find و ج د
22 مَا ma what —
23 يُنفِقُونَ yunfiqoona they (could) spend ن ف ق

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 93

إِنَّمَا ٱلسَّبِيلُ عَلَى ٱلَّذِينَ يَسْتَـْٔذِنُونَكَ وَهُمْ أَغْنِيَآءُ ۚ رَضُوا۟ بِأَن يَكُونُوا۟ مَعَ ٱلْخَوَالِفِ وَطَبَعَ ٱللَّهُ عَلَىٰ قُلُوبِهِمْ فَهُمْ لَا يَعْلَمُونَ.(93)

The cause [for blame] is only upon those who ask permission of you while they are rich. They are satisfied to be with those who stay behind, and Allāh has sealed over their hearts, so they do not know. [At-Tawba: 93]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 93

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

The cause [for blame] is only upon those who ask permission of you while they are rich. They are satisfied to be with those who stay behind, and Allāh has sealed over their hearts, so they do not know.

Transliteration

Ayah 93

Innama alssabeelu AAala allatheena yastathinoonaka wahum aghniyao radoo bian yakoonoo maAAa alkhawalifi watabaAAa Allahu AAala quloobihim fahum la yaAAlamoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 93

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّمَا Innama Only —
2 السَّبِيلُ alssabeelu the way (blame) س ب ل
3 عَلَى AAala (is) on —
4 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who —
5 يَسْتَأْذِنُونَكَ yastathinoonaka ask your permission أ ذ ن
6 وَهُمْ wahum while they —
7 أَغْنِيَآءُ aghniyao (are) rich غ ن ي
8 رَضُواْ radoo They (are) satisfied ر ض و
9 بِأَن bian to —
10 يَكُونُواْ yakoonoo be ك و ن
11 مَعَ maAAa with —
12 الْخَوَالِفِ alkhawalifi those who stay behind خ ل ف
13 وَطَبَعَ watabaAAa and sealed ط ب ع
14 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
15 عَلَىٰ AAala [on] —
16 قُلُوبِهِمْ quloobihim their hearts ق ل ب
17 فَهُمْ fahum so they —
18 لَا la (do) not —
19 يَعْلَمُونَ yaAAlamoona know ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 94

يَعْتَذِرُونَ إِلَيْكُمْ إِذَا رَجَعْتُمْ إِلَيْهِمْ ۚ قُل لَّا تَعْتَذِرُوا۟ لَن نُّؤْمِنَ لَكُمْ قَدْ نَبَّأَنَا ٱللَّهُ مِنْ أَخْبَارِكُمْ ۚ وَسَيَرَى ٱللَّهُ عَمَلَكُمْ وَرَسُولُهُۥ ثُمَّ تُرَدُّونَ إِلَىٰ عَٰلِمِ ٱلْغَيْبِ وَٱلشَّهَٰدَةِ فَيُنَبِّئُكُم بِمَا كُنتُمْ تَعْمَلُونَ.(94)

They will make excuses to you when you have returned to them. Say, "Make no excuse - never will we believe you. Allāh has already informed us of your news [i.e., affair]. And Allāh will observe your deeds, and [so will] His Messenger; then you will be taken back to the Knower of the unseen and the witnessed,1 and He will inform you of what you used to do." [At-Tawba: 94]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 94

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

They will make excuses to you when you have returned to them. Say, "Make no excuse - never will we believe you. Allāh has already informed us of your news [i.e., affair]. And Allāh will observe your deeds, and [so will] His Messenger; then you will be taken back to the Knower of the unseen and the witnessed,1 and He will inform you of what you used to do."

Transliteration

Ayah 94

YaAAtathiroona ilaykum itha rajaAAtum ilayhim qul la taAAtathiroo lan numina lakum qad nabbaana Allahu min akhbarikum wasayara Allahu AAamalakum warasooluhu thumma turaddoona ila AAalimi alghaybi waalshshahadati fayunabbiokum bima kuntum taAAmaloona

Word-by-word

Ayah 94

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَعْتَذِرُونَ YaAAtathiroona They will make excuses ع ذ ر
2 إِلَيْكُمْ ilaykum to you —
3 إِذَا itha when —
4 رَجَعْتُمْ rajaAAtum you (have) returned ر ج ع
5 إِلَيْهِمْ ilayhim to them —
6 قُل qul Say ق و ل
7 لَّا la (Do) not —
8 تَعْتَذِرُواْ taAAtathiroo make excuse ع ذ ر
9 لَن lan never —
10 نُّؤْمِنَ numina we will believe أ م ن
11 لَكُمْ lakum you —
12 قَدْ qad Verily —
13 نَبَّأَنَا nabbaana (has) informed us ن ب أ
14 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
15 مِنْ min of —
16 أَخْبَارِكُمْ akhbarikum your news خ ب ر
17 وَسَيَرَى wasayara and will see ر أ ي
18 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
19 عَمَلَكُمْ AAamalakum your deeds ع م ل
20 وَرَسُولُهُۥ warasooluhu and His Messenger ر س ل
21 ثُمَّ thumma Then —
22 تُرَدُّونَ turaddoona you will be brought back ر د د
23 إِلَىٰ ila to —
24 عَالِمِ AAalimi (the) Knower ع ل م
25 الْغَيْبِ alghaybi (of) the unseen غ ي ب
26 وَالشَّهَادَةِ waalshshahadati and the seen ش ه د
27 فَيُنَبِّئُكُم fayunabbiokum then He will inform you ن ب أ
28 بِمَا bima of what —
29 كُنتُمْ kuntum you used (to) ك و ن
30 تَعْمَلُونَ taAAmaloona do ع م ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 95

سَيَحْلِفُونَ بِٱللَّهِ لَكُمْ إِذَا ٱنقَلَبْتُمْ إِلَيْهِمْ لِتُعْرِضُوا۟ عَنْهُمْ ۖ فَأَعْرِضُوا۟ عَنْهُمْ ۖ إِنَّهُمْ رِجْسٌۭ ۖ وَمَأْوَىٰهُمْ جَهَنَّمُ جَزَآءًۢ بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَكْسِبُونَ.(95)

They will swear by Allāh to you when you return to them that you would leave them alone. So leave them alone; indeed they are evil; and their refuge is Hell as recompense for what they had been earning. [At-Tawba: 95]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 95

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

They will swear by Allāh to you when you return to them that you would leave them alone. So leave them alone; indeed they are evil; and their refuge is Hell as recompense for what they had been earning.

Transliteration

Ayah 95

Sayahlifoona biAllahi lakum itha inqalabtum ilayhim lituAAridoo AAanhum faaAAridoo AAanhum innahum rijsun wamawahum jahannamu jazaan bima kanoo yaksiboona

Word-by-word

Ayah 95

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 سَيَحْلِفُونَ Sayahlifoona They will swear ح ل ف
2 بِاللهِ biAllahi by Allah أ ل ه
3 لَكُمْ lakum to you —
4 إِذَا itha when —
5 انقَلَبْتُمْ inqalabtum you returned ق ل ب
6 إِلَيْهِمْ ilayhim to them —
7 لِتُعْرِضُواْ lituAAridoo that you may turn away ع ر ض
8 عَنْهُمْ AAanhum from them —
9 فَأَعْرِضُواْ faaAAridoo So turn away ع ر ض
10 عَنْهُمْ AAanhum from them —
11 إِنَّهُمْ innahum indeed they —
12 رِجْسٌ rijsun (are) impure ر ج س
13 وَمَأْوَىٰهُمْ wamawahum and their abode أ و ي
14 جَهَنَّمُ jahannamu (is) Hell —
15 جَزَآءً jazaan a recompense ج ز ي
16 بِمَا bima for what —
17 كَانُواْ kanoo they used (to) ك و ن
18 يَكْسِبُونَ yaksiboona earn ك س ب

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 96

يَحْلِفُونَ لَكُمْ لِتَرْضَوْا۟ عَنْهُمْ ۖ فَإِن تَرْضَوْا۟ عَنْهُمْ فَإِنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَا يَرْضَىٰ عَنِ ٱلْقَوْمِ ٱلْفَٰسِقِينَ.(96)

They swear to you so that you might be satisfied with them. But if you should be satisfied with them - indeed, Allāh is not satisfied with a defiantly disobedient people. [At-Tawba: 96]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 96

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

They swear to you so that you might be satisfied with them. But if you should be satisfied with them - indeed, Allāh is not satisfied with a defiantly disobedient people.

Transliteration

Ayah 96

Yahlifoona lakum litardaw AAanhum fain tardaw AAanhum fainna Allaha la yarda AAani alqawmi alfasiqeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 96

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَحْلِفُونَ Yahlifoona They swear ح ل ف
2 لَكُمْ lakum to you —
3 لِتَرْضَوْاْ litardaw that you may be pleased ر ض و
4 عَنْهُمْ AAanhum with them —
5 فَإِن fain But if —
6 تَرْضَوْاْ tardaw you are pleased ر ض و
7 عَنْهُمْ AAanhum with them —
8 فَإِنَّ fainna then indeed —
9 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
10 لَا la (is) not —
11 يَرْضَىٰ yarda pleased ر ض و
12 عَنِ AAani with —
13 الْقَوْمِ alqawmi the people ق و م
14 الْفَاسِقِينَ alfasiqeena (who are) defiantly disobedient ف س ق

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 97

ٱلْأَعْرَابُ أَشَدُّ كُفْرًۭا وَنِفَاقًۭا وَأَجْدَرُ أَلَّا يَعْلَمُوا۟ حُدُودَ مَآ أَنزَلَ ٱللَّهُ عَلَىٰ رَسُولِهِۦ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ عَلِيمٌ حَكِيمٌۭ.(97)

The bedouins are stronger in disbelief and hypocrisy and more likely not to know the limits of what [laws] Allāh has revealed to His Messenger. And Allāh is Knowing and Wise. [At-Tawba: 97]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 97

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

The bedouins are stronger in disbelief and hypocrisy and more likely not to know the limits of what [laws] Allāh has revealed to His Messenger. And Allāh is Knowing and Wise.

Transliteration

Ayah 97

AlaAArabu ashaddu kufran wanifaqan waajdaru alla yaAAlamoo hudooda ma anzala Allahu AAala rasoolihi waAllahu AAaleemun hakeemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 97

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 الْأَعْرَابُ AlaAArabu The bedouins ع ر ب
2 أَشَدُّ ashaddu (are) stronger ش د د
3 كُفْرًا kufran (in) disbelief ك ف ر
4 وَنِفَاقًا wanifaqan and hypocrisy ن ف ق
5 وَأَجْدَرُ waajdaru and more likely ج د ر
6 أَلَّا alla that not —
7 يَعْلَمُواْ yaAAlamoo they know ع ل م
8 حُدُودَ hudooda (the) limits ح د د
9 مَآ ma (of) what —
10 أَنزَلَ anzala (has) revealed ن ز ل
11 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
12 عَلَىٰ AAala to —
13 رَسُولِهِۦ rasoolihi His Messenger ر س ل
14 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
15 عَلِيمٌ AAaleemun (is) All-Knower ع ل م
16 حَكِيمٌ hakeemun All-Wise ح ك م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 98

وَمِنَ ٱلْأَعْرَابِ مَن يَتَّخِذُ مَا يُنفِقُ مَغْرَمًا وَيَتَرَبَّصُ بِكُمُ ٱلدَّوَآئِرَ ۚعَلَيْهِمْ دَآئِرَةُ ٱلسَّوْءِ ۗ وَٱللَّـهُ سَمِيعٌ عَلِيمٌ(98)

And among the bedouins are some who consider what they spend as a loss1 and await for you turns of misfortune. Upon them will be a misfortune of evil. And Allāh is Hearing and Knowing. [At-Tawba: 98]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 98

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And among the bedouins are some who consider what they spend as a loss1 and await for you turns of misfortune. Upon them will be a misfortune of evil. And Allāh is Hearing and Knowing.

Transliteration

Ayah 98

Wamina alaAArabi man yattakhithu ma yunfiqu maghraman wayatarabbasu bikumu alddawaira AAalayhim dairatu alssawi waAllahu sameeAAun AAaleemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 98

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَمِنَ Wamina And among —
2 الْأَعْرَابِ alaAArabi the bedouins ع ر ب
3 مَن man (is he) who —
4 يَتَّخِذُ yattakhithu takes أ خ ذ
5 مَا ma what —
6 يُنفِقُ yunfiqu he spends ن ف ق
7 مَغْرَمًا maghraman (as) a loss غ ر م
8 وَيَتَرَبَّصُ wayatarabbasu and he awaits ر ب ص
9 بِكُمُ bikumu for you —
10 الدَّوَائِرَ alddawaira the turns (of misfortune) د و ر
11 عَلَيْهِمْ AAalayhim Upon them —
12 دَآئِرَةُ dairatu (will be) the turn د و ر
13 السَّوْءِ alssawi (of) the evil س و أ
14 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
15 سَمِيعٌ sameeAAun (is) All-Hearer س م ع
16 عَلِيمٌ AAaleemun All-Knower ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 99

وَمِنَ ٱلْأَعْرَابِ مَن يُؤْمِنُ بِٱللَّهِ وَٱلْيَوْمِ ٱلْآخِرِ وَيَتَّخِذُ مَا يُنفِقُ قُرُبَٰتٍ عِندَ ٱللَّهِ وَصَلَوَٰتِ ٱلرَّسُولِ ۚ أَلَآ إِنَّهَا قُرْبَةٌۭ لَّهُمْ ۚ سَيُدْخِلُهُمُ ٱللَّهُ فِى رَحْمَتِهِۦٓ ۗ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ غَفُورٌۭ رَّحِيمٌۭ.(99)

But among the bedouins are some who believe in Allāh and the Last Day and consider what they spend as means of nearness to Allāh and of [obtaining] invocations of the Messenger. Unquestionably, it is a means of nearness for them. Allāh will admit them to His mercy. Indeed, Allāh is Forgiving and Merciful. [At-Tawba: 99]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 99

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

But among the bedouins are some who believe in Allāh and the Last Day and consider what they spend as means of nearness to Allāh and of [obtaining] invocations of the Messenger. Unquestionably, it is a means of nearness for them. Allāh will admit them to His mercy. Indeed, Allāh is Forgiving and Merciful.

Transliteration

Ayah 99

Wamina alaAArabi man yuminu biAllahi waalyawmi alakhiri wayattakhithu ma yunfiqu qurubatin AAinda Allahi wasalawati alrrasooli ala innaha qurbatun lahum sayudkhiluhumu Allahu fee rahmatihi inna Allaha ghafoorun raheemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 99

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَمِنَ Wamina But among —
2 الْأَعْرَابِ alaAArabi the bedouins ع ر ب
3 مَن man (is he) who —
4 يُؤْمِنُ yuminu believes أ م ن
5 بِاللهِ biAllahi in Allah أ ل ه
6 وَالْيَوْمِ waalyawmi and the Day ي و م
7 الاٰخِرِ alakhiri the Last أ خ ر
8 وَيَتَّخِذُ wayattakhithu and takes أ خ ذ
9 مَا ma what —
10 يُنفِقُ yunfiqu he spends ن ف ق
11 قُرُبَاتٍ qurubatin (as) means of nearness ق ر ب
12 عِندَ AAinda with ع ن د
13 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
14 وَصَلَوَاتِ wasalawati and blessings ص ل و
15 الرَّسُولِ alrrasooli (of) the Messenger ر س ل
16 أَلَآ ala Behold! —
17 إِنَّهَا innaha Indeed it —
18 قُرْبَةٌ qurbatun (is) a means of nearness ق ر ب
19 لَّهُمْ lahum for them —
20 سَيُدْخِلُهُمُ sayudkhiluhumu will admit them د خ ل
21 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
22 فِى fee to —
23 رَحْمَتِهِۦٓ rahmatihi His Mercy ر ح م
24 إِنَّ inna Indeed —
25 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
26 غَفُورٌ ghafoorun (is) Oft-Forgiving غ ف ر
27 رَّحِيمٌ raheemun Most Merciful ر ح م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 100

وَٱلسَّٰبِقُونَ ٱلْأَوَّلُونَ مِنَ ٱلْمُهَٰجِرِينَ وَٱلْأَنصَارِ وَٱلَّذِينَ ٱتَّبَعُوهُم بِإِحْسَٰنٍۢ رَّضِىَ ٱللَّهُ عَنْهُمْ وَرَضُوا۟ عَنْهُ وَأَعَدَّ لَهُمْ جَنَّٰتٍۢ تَجْرِى تَحْتَهَا ٱلْأَنْهَٰرُ خَٰلِدِينَ فِيهَآ أَبَدًۭا ۚ ذَٰلِكَ ٱلْفَوْزُ ٱلْعَظِيمُ.(100)

And the first forerunners [in the faith] among the Muhājireen1 and the Anṣār2 and those who followed them with good conduct - Allāh is pleased with them and they are pleased with Him, and He has prepared for them gardens beneath which rivers flow, wherein they will abide forever. That is the great attainment. [At-Tawba: 100]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 100

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And the first forerunners [in the faith] among the Muhājireen1 and the Anṣār2 and those who followed them with good conduct - Allāh is pleased with them and they are pleased with Him, and He has prepared for them gardens beneath which rivers flow, wherein they will abide forever. That is the great attainment.

Transliteration

Ayah 100

Waalssabiqoona alawwaloona mina almuhajireena waalansari waallatheena ittabaAAoohum biihsanin radiya Allahu AAanhum waradoo AAanhu waaAAadda lahum jannatin tajree tahtaha alanharu khalideena feeha abadan thalika alfawzu alAAatheemu

Word-by-word

Ayah 100

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَالسَّابِقُونَ Waalssabiqoona And the forerunners س ب ق
2 الْأَوَّلُونَ alawwaloona the first أ و ل
3 مِنَ mina among —
4 الْمُهَاجِرِينَ almuhajireena the emigrants ه ج ر
5 وَالْأَنصَارِ waalansari and the helpers ن ص ر
6 وَالَّذِينَ waallatheena and those who —
7 اتَّبَعُوهُم ittabaAAoohum followed them ت ب ع
8 بِإِحْسَانٍ biihsanin in righteousness ح س ن
9 رَّضِيَ radiya is pleased ر ض و
10 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
11 عَنْهُمْ AAanhum with them —
12 وَرَضُواْ waradoo and they are pleased ر ض و
13 عَنْهُ AAanhu with Him —
14 وَأَعَدَّ waaAAadda And He has prepared ع د د
15 لَهُمْ lahum for them —
16 جَنَّاتٍ jannatin Gardens ج ن ن
17 تَجْرِى tajree flows ج ر ي
18 تَحْتَهَا tahtaha underneath it ت ح ت
19 الْأَنْهَارُ alanharu the rivers ن ه ر
20 خَالِدِينَ khalideena will abide خ ل د
21 فِيهَآ feeha in it —
22 أَبَدًا abadan forever أ ب د
23 ذَٰلِكَ thalika That —
24 الْفَوْزُ alfawzu (is) the success ف و ز
25 الْعَظِيمُ alAAatheemu the great ع ظ م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 101

وَمِمَّنْ حَوْلَكُم مِّنَ ٱلْأَعْرَابِ مُنَٰفِقُونَ ۖ وَمِنْ أَهْلِ ٱلْمَدِينَةِ ۖ مَرَدُوا۟ عَلَى ٱلنِّفَاقِ لَا تَعْلَمُهُمْ ۖ نَحْنُ نَعْلَمُهُمْ ۚ سَنُعَذِّبُهُم مَّرَّتَيْنِ ثُمَّ يُرَدُّونَ إِلَىٰ عَذَابٍ عَظِيمٍۢ.(101)

And among those around you of the bedouins are hypocrites, and [also] from the people of Madīnah. They have persisted in hypocrisy. You, [O Muḥammad], do not know them, [but] We know them. We will punish them twice [in this world]; then they will be returned to a great punishment. [At-Tawba: 101]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 101

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And among those around you of the bedouins are hypocrites, and [also] from the people of Madīnah. They have persisted in hypocrisy. You, [O Muḥammad], do not know them, [but] We know them. We will punish them twice [in this world]; then they will be returned to a great punishment.

Transliteration

Ayah 101

Wamimman hawlakum mina alaAArabi munafiqoona wamin ahli almadeenati maradoo AAala alnnifaqi la taAAlamuhum nahnu naAAlamuhum sanuAAaththibuhum marratayni thumma yuraddoona ila AAathabin AAatheemin

Word-by-word

Ayah 101

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَمِمَّنْ Wamimman And among those —
2 حَوْلَكُم hawlakum around you ح و ل
3 مِّنَ mina of —
4 الْأَعْرَابِ alaAArabi the bedouins ع ر ب
5 مُنَافِقُونَ munafiqoona (are) hypocrites ن ف ق
6 وَمِنْ wamin and (also) from —
7 أَهْلِ ahli people أ ه ل
8 الْمَدِينَةِ almadeenati (of) the Madinah م د ن
9 مَرَدُواْ maradoo They persist م ر د
10 عَلَى AAala in —
11 النِّفَاقِ alnnifaqi the hypocrisy ن ف ق
12 لَا la not —
13 تَعْلَمُهُمْ taAAlamuhum you know them ع ل م
14 نَحْنُ nahnu We —
15 نَعْلَمُهُمْ naAAlamuhum [We] know them ع ل م
16 سَنُعَذِّبُهُم sanuAAaththibuhum We will punish them ع ذ ب
17 مَّرَّتَيْنِ marratayni twice م ر ر
18 ثُمَّ thumma then —
19 يُرَدُّونَ yuraddoona they will be returned ر د د
20 إِلَىٰ ila to —
21 عَذَابٍ AAathabin a punishment ع ذ ب
22 عَظِيمٍ AAatheemin great ع ظ م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 102

وَءَاخَرُونَ ٱعْتَرَفُوا۟ بِذُنُوبِهِمْ خَلَطُوا۟ عَمَلًۭا صَٰلِحًۭا وَءَاخَرَ سَيِّئًا عَسَى ٱللَّهُ أَن يَتُوبَ عَلَيْهِمْ ۚ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ غَفُورٌۭ رَّحِيمٌ.(102)

And [there are] others who have acknowledged their sins. They had mixed [i.e., polluted] a righteous deed with another that was bad.1 Perhaps Allāh will turn to them in forgiveness. Indeed, Allāh is Forgiving and Merciful. [At-Tawba: 102]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 102

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And [there are] others who have acknowledged their sins. They had mixed [i.e., polluted] a righteous deed with another that was bad.1 Perhaps Allāh will turn to them in forgiveness. Indeed, Allāh is Forgiving and Merciful.

Transliteration

Ayah 102

Waakharoona iAAtarafoo bithunoobihim khalatoo AAamalan salihan waakhara sayyian AAasa Allahu an yatooba AAalayhim inna Allaha ghafoorun raheemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 102

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَآخَرُونَ Waakharoona And others أ خ ر
2 اعْتَرَفُواْ iAAtarafoo (who have) acknowledged ع ر ف
3 بِذُنُوبِهِمْ bithunoobihim their sins ذ ن ب
4 خَلَطُواْ khalatoo They had mixed خ ل ط
5 عَمَلًا AAamalan a deed ع م ل
6 صَالِحًا salihan righteous ص ل ح
7 وَآخَرَ waakhara (with) other أ خ ر
8 سَيِّئًا sayyian (that was) evil س و أ
9 عَسَى AAasa Perhaps ع س ي
10 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
11 أَن an [that] —
12 يَتُوبَ yatooba will turn (in mercy) ت و ب
13 عَلَيْهِمْ AAalayhim to them —
14 إِنَّ inna Indeed —
15 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
16 غَفُورٌ ghafoorun (is) Oft-Forgiving غ ف ر
17 رَّحِيمٌ raheemun Most Merciful ر ح م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 103

خُذْ مِنْ أَمْوَٰلِهِمْ صَدَقَةًۭ تُطَهِّرُهُمْ وَتُزَكِّيهِم بِهَا وَصَلِّ عَلَيْهِمْ ۖ إِنَّ صَلَوٰتَكَ سَكَنٌۭ لَّهُمْ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ سَمِيعٌ عَلِيمٌ.(103)

Take, [O Muḥammad], from their wealth a charity by which you purify them and cause them increase, and invoke [Allāh's blessings] upon them. Indeed, your invocations are reassurance for them. And Allāh is Hearing and Knowing. [At-Tawba: 103]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 103

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Take, [O Muḥammad], from their wealth a charity by which you purify them and cause them increase, and invoke [Allāh's blessings] upon them. Indeed, your invocations are reassurance for them. And Allāh is Hearing and Knowing.

Transliteration

Ayah 103

Khuth min amwalihim sadaqatan tutahhiruhum watuzakkeehim biha wasalli AAalayhim inna salataka sakanun lahum waAllahu sameeAAun AAaleemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 103

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 خُذْ Khuth Take أ خ ذ
2 مِنْ min from —
3 أَمْوَالِهِمْ amwalihim their wealth م و ل
4 صَدَقَةً sadaqatan a charity ص د ق
5 تُطَهِّرُهُمْ tutahhiruhum purifying them ط ه ر
6 وَتُزَكِّيهِم watuzakkeehim and cause them increase ز ك و
7 بِهَا biha by it —
8 وَصَلِّ wasalli and bless ص ل و
9 عَلَيْهِمْ AAalayhim [upon] them —
10 إِنَّ inna Indeed —
11 صَلَوٰتَكَ salataka your blessings ص ل و
12 سَكَنٌ sakanun (are a) reassurance س ك ن
13 لَّهُمْ lahum for them —
14 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
15 سَمِيعٌ sameeAAun (is) All-Hearer س م ع
16 عَلِيمٌ AAaleemun All-Knower ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 104

أَلَمْ يَعْلَمُوٓا۟ أَنَّ ٱللَّهَ هُوَ يَقْبَلُ ٱلتَّوْبَةَ عَنْ عِبَادِهِۦ وَيَأْخُذُ ٱلصَّدَقَٰتِ وَأَنَّ ٱللَّهَ هُوَ ٱلتَّوَّابُ ٱلرَّحِيمُ.(104)

Do they not know that it is Allāh who accepts repentance from His servants and receives charities and that it is Allāh who is the Accepting of Repentance,1 the Merciful? [At-Tawba: 104]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 104

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Do they not know that it is Allāh who accepts repentance from His servants and receives charities and that it is Allāh who is the Accepting of Repentance,1 the Merciful?

Transliteration

Ayah 104

Alam yaAAlamoo anna Allaha huwa yaqbalu alttawbata AAan AAibadihi wayakhuthu alssadaqati waanna Allaha huwa alttawwabu alrraheemu

Word-by-word

Ayah 104

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 أَلَمْ Alam Do not? —
2 يَعْلَمُوٓاْ yaAAlamoo they know ع ل م
3 أَنَّ anna that —
4 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
5 هُوَ huwa (is) He —
6 يَقْبَلُ yaqbalu (Who) accepts ق ب ل
7 التَّوْبَةَ alttawbata the repentance ت و ب
8 عَنْ AAan from —
9 عِبَادِهِۦ AAibadihi His slaves ع ب د
10 وَيَأْخُذُ wayakhuthu and takes أ خ ذ
11 الصَّدَقَاتِ alssadaqati the charities ص د ق
12 وَأَنَّ waanna and that —
13 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
14 هُوَ huwa He —
15 التَّوَّابُ alttawwabu (is) the Acceptor of repentance ت و ب
16 الرَّحِيمُ alrraheemu the Most Merciful ر ح م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 105

وَقُلِ ٱعْمَلُوا۟ فَسَيَرَى ٱللَّهُ عَمَلَكُمْ وَرَسُولُهُۥ وَٱلْمُؤْمِنُونَ ۖ وَسَتُرَدُّونَ إِلَىٰ عَٰلِمِ ٱلْغَيْبِ وَٱلشَّهَٰدَةِ فَيُنَبِّئُكُم بِمَا كُنتُمْ تَعْمَلُونَ.(105)

And say, "Do [as you will], for Allāh will see your deeds, and [so will] His Messenger and the believers. And you will be returned to the Knower of the unseen and the witnessed, and He will inform you of what you used to do." [At-Tawba: 105]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 105

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And say, "Do [as you will], for Allāh will see your deeds, and [so will] His Messenger and the believers. And you will be returned to the Knower of the unseen and the witnessed, and He will inform you of what you used to do."

Transliteration

Ayah 105

Waquli iAAmaloo fasayara Allahu AAamalakum warasooluhu waalmuminoona wasaturaddoona ila AAalimi alghaybi waalshshahadati fayunabbiokum bima kuntum taAAmaloona

Word-by-word

Ayah 105

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَقُلِ Waquli And say ق و ل
2 اعْمَلُواْ iAAmaloo Do ع م ل
3 فَسَيَرَى fasayara then will see ر أ ي
4 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
5 عَمَلَكُمْ AAamalakum your deed ع م ل
6 وَرَسُولُهُۥ warasooluhu and His Messenger ر س ل
7 وَالْمُؤْمِنُونَ waalmuminoona and the believers أ م ن
8 وَسَتُرَدُّونَ wasaturaddoona And you will be brought back ر د د
9 إِلَىٰ ila to —
10 عَالِمِ AAalimi (the) Knower ع ل م
11 الْغَيْبِ alghaybi (of) the unseen غ ي ب
12 وَالشَّهَادَةِ waalshshahadati and the seen ش ه د
13 فَيُنَبِّئُكُم fayunabbiokum then He will inform you ن ب أ
14 بِمَا bima of what —
15 كُنتُمْ kuntum you used (to) ك و ن
16 تَعْمَلُونَ taAAmaloona do ع م ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 106

وَءَاخَرُونَ مُرْجَوْنَ لِأَمْرِ ٱللَّهِ إِمَّا يُعَذِّبُهُمْ وَإِمَّا يَتُوبُ عَلَيْهِمْ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ عَلِيمٌ حَكِيمٌۭ.(106)

And [there are] others deferred until the command of Allāh - whether He will punish them or whether He will forgive them. And Allāh is Knowing and Wise. [At-Tawba: 106]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 106

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And [there are] others deferred until the command of Allāh - whether He will punish them or whether He will forgive them. And Allāh is Knowing and Wise.

Transliteration

Ayah 106

Waakharoona murjawna liamri Allahi imma yuAAaththibuhum waimma yatoobu AAalayhim waAllahu AAaleemun hakeemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 106

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَآخَرُونَ Waakharoona And others أ خ ر
2 مُرْجَوْنَ murjawna deferred ر ج و
3 لِأَمْرِ liamri for the Command أ م ر
4 اللهِ Allahi of Allah أ ل ه
5 إِمَّا imma whether —
6 يُعَذِّبُهُمْ yuAAaththibuhum He will punish them ع ذ ب
7 وَإِمَّا waimma or —
8 يَتُوبُ yatoobu He will turn (in mercy) ت و ب
9 عَلَيْهِمْ AAalayhim to them —
10 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
11 عَلِيمٌ AAaleemun (is) All-Knower ع ل م
12 حَكِيمٌ hakeemun All-Wise ح ك م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 107

وَٱلَّذِينَ ٱتَّخَذُوا۟ مَسْجِدًۭا ضِرَارًۭا وَكُفْرًۭا وَتَفْرِيقًۢا بَيْنَ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ وَإِرْصَادًۭا لِّمَنْ حَارَبَ ٱللَّهَ وَرَسُولَهُۥ مِن قَبْلُ ۚ وَلَيَحْلِفُنَّ إِنْ أَرَدْنَآ إِلَّا ٱلْحُسْنَىٰ ۖ وَٱللَّهُ يَشْهَدُ إِنَّهُمْ لَكَٰذِبُونَ.(107)

And [there are] those [hypocrites] who took for themselves a mosque for causing harm and disbelief and division among the believers and as a station for whoever had warred against Allāh and His Messenger before. And they will surely swear, "We intended only the best." And Allāh testifies that indeed they are liars. [At-Tawba: 107]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 107

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And [there are] those [hypocrites] who took for themselves a mosque for causing harm and disbelief and division among the believers and as a station for whoever had warred against Allāh and His Messenger before. And they will surely swear, "We intended only the best." And Allāh testifies that indeed they are liars.

Transliteration

Ayah 107

Waallatheena ittakhathoo masjidan diraran wakufran watafreeqan bayna almumineena wairsadan liman haraba Allaha warasoolahu min qablu walayahlifunna in aradna illa alhusna waAllahu yashhadu innahum lakathiboona

Word-by-word

Ayah 107

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَالَّذِينَ Waallatheena And those who —
2 اتَّخَذُواْ ittakhathoo take أ خ ذ
3 مَسْجِدًا masjidan a masjid س ج د
4 ضِرَارًا diraran (for causing) harm ض ر ر
5 وَكُفْرًا wakufran and (for) disbelief ك ف ر
6 وَتَفْرِيقًا watafreeqan and (for) division ف ر ق
7 بَيْنَ bayna among ب ي ن
8 الْمُؤْمِنِينَ almumineena the believers أ م ن
9 وَإِرْصَادًا wairsadan and (as) a station ر ص د
10 لِّمَنْ liman for whoever —
11 حَارَبَ haraba warred ح ر ب
12 اللهَ Allaha (against) Allah أ ل ه
13 وَرَسُولَهُۥ warasoolahu and His Messenger ر س ل
14 مِن min from —
15 قَبْلُ qablu before ق ب ل
16 وَلَيَحْلِفُنَّ walayahlifunna And surely they will swear ح ل ف
17 إِنْ in Not —
18 أَرَدْنَا aradna we wish ر و د
19 إِلَّا illa except —
20 الْحُسْنَىٰ alhusna the good ح س ن
21 وَاللهُ waAllahu But Allah أ ل ه
22 يَشْهَدُ yashhadu bears witness ش ه د
23 إِنَّهُمْ innahum indeed they —
24 لَكَاذِبُونَ lakathiboona (are) surely liars ك ذ ب

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 108

لَا تَقُمْ فِيهِ أَبَدًۭا ۚ لَّمَسْجِدٌ أُسِّسَ عَلَى ٱلتَّقْوَىٰ مِنْ أَوَّلِ يَوْمٍ أَحَقُّ أَن تَقُومَ فِيهِ ۚ فِيهِ رِجَالٌۭ يُحِبُّونَ أَن يَتَطَهَّرُوا۟ ۚ وَٱللَّهُ يُحِبُّ ٱلْمُطَّهِّرِينَ.(108)

Do not stand [for prayer] within it - ever. A mosque founded on righteousness from the first day1 is more worthy for you to stand in. Within it are men who love to purify themselves; and Allāh loves those who purify themselves. [At-Tawba: 108]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 108

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Do not stand [for prayer] within it - ever. A mosque founded on righteousness from the first day1 is more worthy for you to stand in. Within it are men who love to purify themselves; and Allāh loves those who purify themselves.

Transliteration

Ayah 108

La taqum feehi abadan lamasjidun ossisa AAala alttaqwa min awwali yawmin ahaqqu an taqooma feehi feehi rijalun yuhibboona an yatatahharoo waAllahu yuhibbu almuttahhireena

Word-by-word

Ayah 108

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 لَا La (Do) not —
2 تَقُمْ taqum stand ق و م
3 فِيهِ feehi in it —
4 أَبَدًا abadan ever أ ب د
5 لَّمَسْجِدٌ lamasjidun A masjid س ج د
6 أُسِّسَ ossisa founded أ س س
7 عَلَى AAala on —
8 التَّقْوَىٰ alttaqwa the righteousness و ق ي
9 مِنْ min from —
10 أَوَّلِ awwali (the) first أ و ل
11 يَوْمٍ yawmin day ي و م
12 أَحَقُّ ahaqqu (is) more worthy ح ق ق
13 أَن an that —
14 تَقُومَ taqooma you stand ق و م
15 فِيهِ feehi in it —
16 فِيهِ feehi Within it —
17 رِجَالٌ rijalun (are) men ر ج ل
18 يُحِبُّونَ yuhibboona who love ح ب ب
19 أَن an to —
20 يَتَطَهَّرُواْ yatatahharoo purify themselves ط ه ر
21 وَاللهُ waAllahu and Allah أ ل ه
22 يُحِبُّ yuhibbu loves ح ب ب
23 الْمُطَّهِّرِينَ almuttahhireena the ones who purify themselves ط ه ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 109

أَفَمَنْ أَسَّسَ بُنْيَٰنَهُۥ عَلَىٰ تَقْوَىٰ مِنَ ٱللَّهِ وَرِضْوَٰنٍ خَيْرٌ أَم مَّنْ أَسَّسَ بُنْيَٰنَهُۥ عَلَىٰ شَفَا جُرُفٍ هَارٍۢ فَٱنْهَارَ بِهِۦ فِى نَارِ جَهَنَّمَ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ لَا يَهْدِى ٱلْقَوْمَ ٱلظَّٰلِمِينَ.(109)

Then is one who laid the foundation of his building on righteousness [with fear] from Allāh and [seeking] His approval better or one who laid the foundation of his building on the edge of a bank about to collapse, so it collapsed with him into the fire of Hell? And Allāh does not guide the wrongdoing people. [At-Tawba: 109]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 109

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Then is one who laid the foundation of his building on righteousness [with fear] from Allāh and [seeking] His approval better or one who laid the foundation of his building on the edge of a bank about to collapse, so it collapsed with him into the fire of Hell? And Allāh does not guide the wrongdoing people.

Transliteration

Ayah 109

Afaman assasa bunyanahu AAala taqwa mina Allahi waridwanin khayrun am man assasa bunyanahu AAala shafa jurufin harin fainhara bihi fee nari jahannama waAllahu la yahdee alqawma alththalimeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 109

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 أَفَمَنْ Afaman Then is (one) who? —
2 أَسَّسَ assasa founded أ س س
3 بُنْيَانَهُ bunyanahu his building ب ن ي
4 عَلَىٰ AAala on —
5 تَقْوَىٰ taqwa righteousness و ق ي
6 مِنَ mina from —
7 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
8 وَرِضْوَانٍ waridwanin and (His) pleasure ر ض و
9 خَيْرٌ khayrun better خ ي ر
10 أَم am or —
11 مَّنْ man (one) who —
12 أَسَّسَ assasa founded أ س س
13 بُنْيَانَهُ bunyanahu his building ب ن ي
14 عَلَىٰ AAala on —
15 شَفَا shafa edge ش ف و
16 جُرُفٍ jurufin (of) a cliff ج ر ف
17 هَارٍ harin (about to) collapse ه و ر
18 فَانْهَارَ fainhara so it collapsed ه و ر
19 بِهِۦ bihi with him —
20 فِى fee in —
21 نَارِ nari (the) Fire ن و ر
22 جَهَنَّمَ jahannama (of) Hell —
23 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
24 لَا la (does) not —
25 يَهْدِى yahdee guide ه د ي
26 الْقَوْمَ alqawma the people ق و م
27 الظَّالِمِينَ alththalimeena the wrongdoing ظ ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 110

لَا يَزَالُ بُنْيَٰنُهُمُ ٱلَّذِى بَنَوْا۟ رِيبَةًۭ فِى قُلُوبِهِمْ إِلَّآ أَن تَقَطَّعَ قُلُوبُهُمْ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ عَلِيمٌ حَكِيمٌ.(110)

Their building which they built will not cease to be a [cause of] skepticism in their hearts until their hearts are cut [i.e., stopped]. And Allāh is Knowing and Wise. [At-Tawba: 110]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 110

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Their building which they built will not cease to be a [cause of] skepticism in their hearts until their hearts are cut [i.e., stopped]. And Allāh is Knowing and Wise.

Transliteration

Ayah 110

La yazalu bunyanuhumu allathee banaw reebatan fee quloobihim illa an taqattaAAa quloobuhum waAllahu AAaleemun hakeemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 110

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 لَا La Not —
2 يَزَالُ yazalu (will) cease ز ي ل
3 بُنْيَانُهُمُ bunyanuhumu their building ب ن ي
4 الَّذِى allathee which —
5 بَنَوْاْ banaw they built ب ن ي
6 رِيبَةً reebatan a (cause of) doubt ر ي ب
7 فِى fee in —
8 قُلُوبِهِمْ quloobihim their hearts ق ل ب
9 إِلَّآ illa except —
10 أَن an that —
11 تَقَطَّعَ taqattaAAa (are) cut into pieces ق ط ع
12 قُلُوبُهُمْ quloobuhum their hearts ق ل ب
13 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
14 عَلِيمٌ AAaleemun (is) All-Knower ع ل م
15 حَكِيمٌ hakeemun All-Wise ح ك م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 111

إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ ٱشْتَرَىٰ مِنَ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ أَنفُسَهُمْ وَأَمْوَٰلَهُم بِأَنَّ لَهُمُ ٱلْجَنَّةَ ۚ يُقَٰتِلُونَ فِى سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ فَيَقْتُلُونَ وَيُقْتَلُونَ ۖ وَعْدًا عَلَيْهِ حَقًّا فِى ٱلتَّوْرَىٰةِ وَٱلْإِنجِيلِ وَٱلْقُرْءَانِ ۚ وَمَنْ أَوْفَىٰ بِعَهْدِهِۦ مِنَ ٱللَّهِ ۚ فَٱسْتَبْشِرُوا۟ بِبَيْعِكُمُ ٱلَّذِى بَايَعْتُم بِهِۦ ۚ وَذَٰلِكَ هُوَ ٱلْفَوْزُ ٱلْعَظِيمُ.(111)

Indeed, Allāh has purchased from the believers their lives and their properties [in exchange] for that they will have Paradise. They fight in the cause of Allāh, so they kill and are killed. [It is] a true promise [binding] upon Him in the Torah and the Gospel and the Qur’ān. And who is truer to his covenant than Allāh? So rejoice in your transaction which you have contracted. And it is that which is the great attainment. [At-Tawba: 111]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 111

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Indeed, Allāh has purchased from the believers their lives and their properties [in exchange] for that they will have Paradise. They fight in the cause of Allāh, so they kill and are killed. [It is] a true promise [binding] upon Him in the Torah and the Gospel and the Qur’ān. And who is truer to his covenant than Allāh? So rejoice in your transaction which you have contracted. And it is that which is the great attainment.

Transliteration

Ayah 111

Inna Allaha ishtara mina almumineena anfusahum waamwalahum bianna lahumu aljannata yuqatiloona fee sabeeli Allahi fayaqtuloona wayuqtaloona waAAdan AAalayhi haqqan fee alttawrati waalinjeeli waalqurani waman awfa biAAahdihi mina Allahi faistabshiroo bibayAAikumu allathee bayaAAtum bihi wathalika huwa alfawzu alAAatheemu

Word-by-word

Ayah 111

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّ Inna Indeed —
2 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
3 اشْتَرَىٰ ishtara (has) purchased ش ر ي
4 مِنَ mina from —
5 الْمُؤْمِنِينَ almumineena the believers أ م ن
6 أَنفُسَهُمْ anfusahum their lives ن ف س
7 وَأَمْوَالَهُم waamwalahum and their wealth م و ل
8 بِأَنَّ bianna because —
9 لَهُمُ lahumu for them —
10 الْجَنَّةَ aljannata (is) Paradise ج ن ن
11 يُقَاتِلُونَ yuqatiloona They fight ق ت ل
12 فِى fee in —
13 سَبِيلِ sabeeli (the) way س ب ل
14 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
15 فَيَقْتُلُونَ fayaqtuloona they slay ق ت ل
16 وَيُقْتَلُونَ wayuqtaloona and they are slain ق ت ل
17 وَعْدًا waAAdan A promise و ع د
18 عَلَيْهِ AAalayhi upon Him —
19 حَقًّا haqqan TRUE ح ق ق
20 فِى fee in —
21 التَّوْرَاةِ alttawrati the Taurat —
22 وَالْإِنجِيلِ waalinjeeli and the Injeel —
23 وَالْقُرْآنِ waalqurani and the Quran ق ر أ
24 وَمَنْ waman And who —
25 أَوْفَىٰ awfa (is) more faithful و ف ي
26 بِعَهْدِهِۦ biAAahdihi to his promise ع ه د
27 مِنَ mina than —
28 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
29 فَاسْتَبْشِرُواْ faistabshiroo So rejoice ب ش ر
30 بِبَيْعِكُمُ bibayAAikumu in your transaction ب ي ع
31 الَّذِى allathee which —
32 بَايَعْتُم bayaAAtum you have contracted ب ي ع
33 بِهِۦ bihi [with it] —
34 وَذَٰلِكَ wathalika And that —
35 هُوَ huwa it —
36 الْفَوْزُ alfawzu (is) the success ف و ز
37 الْعَظِيمُ alAAatheemu the great ع ظ م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 112

ٱلتَّٰٓئِبُونَ ٱلْعَٰبِدُونَ ٱلْحَٰمِدُونَ ٱلسَّٰٓئِحُونَ ٱلرَّٰكِعُونَ ٱلسَّٰجِدُونَ ٱلْآمِرُونَ بِٱلْمَعْرُوفِ وَٱلنَّاهُونَ عَنِ ٱلْمُنكَرِ وَٱلْحَٰفِظُونَ لِحُدُودِ ٱللَّهِ ۗ وَبَشِّرِ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ.(112)

[Such believers are] the repentant, the worshippers, the praisers [of Allāh], the travelers [for His cause], those who bow and prostrate [in prayer], those who enjoin what is right and forbid what is wrong, and those who observe the limits [set by] Allāh. And give good tidings to the believers. [At-Tawba: 112]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 112

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

[Such believers are] the repentant, the worshippers, the praisers [of Allāh], the travelers [for His cause], those who bow and prostrate [in prayer], those who enjoin what is right and forbid what is wrong, and those who observe the limits [set by] Allāh. And give good tidings to the believers.

Transliteration

Ayah 112

Alttaiboona alAAabidoona alhamidoona alssaihoona alrrakiAAoona alssajidoona alamiroona bialmaAAroofi waalnnahoona AAani almunkari waalhafithoona lihudoodi Allahi wabashshiri almumineena

Word-by-word

Ayah 112

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 التَّائِبُونَ Alttaiboona Those who turn in repentance ت و ب
2 الْعَابِدُونَ alAAabidoona those who worship ع ب د
3 الْحَامِدُونَ alhamidoona those who praise ح م د
4 السَّائِحُونَ alssaihoona those who go out س ي ح
5 الرَّاكِعُونَ alrrakiAAoona those who bow down ر ك ع
6 السَّاجِدونَ alssajidoona those who prostrate س ج د
7 الاٰمِرُونَ alamiroona those who enjoin أ م ر
8 بِالْمَعْرُوفِ bialmaAAroofi the right ع ر ف
9 وَالنَّاهُونَ waalnnahoona and those who forbid ن ه ي
10 عَنِ AAani [on] —
11 الْمُنكَرِ almunkari the wrong ن ك ر
12 وَالْحَافِظُونَ waalhafithoona and those who observe ح ف ظ
13 لِحُدُودِ lihudoodi (the) limits ح د د
14 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
15 وَبَشِّرِ wabashshiri And give glad tidings ب ش ر
16 الْمُؤْمِنِينَ almumineena (to) the believers أ م ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 113

مَا كَانَ لِلنَّبِىِّ وَٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوٓا۟ أَن يَسْتَغْفِرُوا۟ لِلْمُشْرِكِينَ وَلَوْ كَانُوٓا۟ أُو۟لِى قُرْبَىٰ مِنۢ بَعْدِ مَا تَبَيَّنَ لَهُمْ أَنَّهُمْ أَصْحَٰبُ ٱلْجَحِيمِ.(113)

It is not for the Prophet and those who have believed to ask forgiveness for the polytheists, even if they were relatives, after it has become clear to them that they are companions of Hellfire. [At-Tawba: 113]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 113

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

It is not for the Prophet and those who have believed to ask forgiveness for the polytheists, even if they were relatives, after it has become clear to them that they are companions of Hellfire.

Transliteration

Ayah 113

Ma kana lilnnabiyyi waallatheena amanoo an yastaghfiroo lilmushrikeena walaw kanoo olee qurba min baAAdi ma tabayyana lahum annahum ashabu aljaheemi

Word-by-word

Ayah 113

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 مَا Ma Not —
2 كَانَ kana (it) is ك و ن
3 لِلنَّبِىِّ lilnnabiyyi for the Prophet ن ب أ
4 وَالَّذِينَ waallatheena and those who —
5 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe أ م ن
6 أَن an that —
7 يَسْتَغْفِرُواْ yastaghfiroo they ask forgiveness غ ف ر
8 لِلْمُشْرِكِينَ lilmushrikeena for the polytheists ش ر ك
9 وَلَوْ walaw even though —
10 كَانُوٓا kanoo they be ك و ن
11 أُوْلِى olee of kin أ و ل
12 قُرْبَىٰ qurba near ق ر ب
13 مِن min from —
14 بَعْدِ baAAdi after ب ع د
15 مَا ma [what] —
16 تَبَيَّنَ tabayyana has become clear ب ي ن
17 لَهُمْ lahum to them —
18 أَنَّهُمْ annahum that they —
19 أَصْحَابُ ashabu (are the) companions ص ح ب
20 الْجَحِيمِ aljaheemi (of) the Hellfire ج ح م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 114

وَمَا كَانَ ٱسْتِغْفَارُ إِبْرَٰهِيمَ لِأَبِيهِ إِلَّا عَن مَّوْعِدَةٍۢ وَعَدَهَآ إِيَّاهُ فَلَمَّا تَبَيَّنَ لَهُۥٓ أَنَّهُۥ عَدُوٌّ لِّلَّهِ تَبَرَّأَ مِنْهُ ۚ إِنَّ إِبْرَٰهِيمَ لَأَوَّٰهٌ حَلِيمٌۭ.(114)

And the request of forgiveness of Abraham for his father was only because of a promise he had made to him. But when it became apparent to him [i.e., Abraham] that he [i.e., the father] was an enemy to Allāh, he disassociated himself from him. Indeed was Abraham compassionate and patient. [At-Tawba: 114]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 114

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And the request of forgiveness of Abraham for his father was only because of a promise he had made to him. But when it became apparent to him [i.e., Abraham] that he [i.e., the father] was an enemy to Allāh, he disassociated himself from him. Indeed was Abraham compassionate and patient.

Transliteration

Ayah 114

Wama kana istighfaru ibraheema liabeehi illa AAan mawAAidatin waAAadaha iyyahu falamma tabayyana lahu annahu AAaduwwun lillahi tabarraa minhu inna ibraheema laawwahun haleemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 114

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَمَا Wama And not —
2 كَانَ kana was ك و ن
3 اسْتِغْفَارُ istighfaru (the) asking of forgiveness غ ف ر
4 إِبْرَاهِيمَ ibraheema (by) Ibrahim —
5 لِأَبِيهِ liabeehi for his father أ ب و
6 إِلَّا illa except —
7 عَن AAan because —
8 مَّوْعِدَةٍ mawAAidatin (of) a promise و ع د
9 وَعَدَهَآ waAAadaha he had promised it و ع د
10 إِيَّاهُ iyyahu (to) him —
11 فَلَمَّا falamma But when —
12 تَبَيَّنَ tabayyana it became clear ب ي ن
13 لَهُۥٓ lahu to him —
14 أَنَّهُۥ annahu that he —
15 عَدُوٌّ AAaduwwun (was) an enemy ع د و
16 لِّلّٰهِ lillahi to Allah أ ل ه
17 تَبَرَّأَ tabarraa he disassociated ب ر أ
18 مِنْهُ minhu from him —
19 إِنَّ inna Indeed —
20 إِبْرَاهِيمَ ibraheema Ibrahim —
21 لَأوَّاهٌ laawwahun (was) compassionate أ و ه
22 حَلِيمٌ haleemun forbearing ح ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 115

وَمَا كَانَ ٱللَّهُ لِيُضِلَّ قَوْمًۢا بَعْدَ إِذْ هَدَىٰهُمْ حَتَّىٰ يُبَيِّنَ لَهُم مَّا يَتَّقُونَ ۚ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ بِكُلِّ شَىْءٍ عَلِيمٌ.(115)

And Allāh would not let a people stray after He has guided them until He makes clear to them what they should avoid. Indeed, Allāh is Knowing of all things. [At-Tawba: 115]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 115

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And Allāh would not let a people stray after He has guided them until He makes clear to them what they should avoid. Indeed, Allāh is Knowing of all things.

Transliteration

Ayah 115

Wama kana Allahu liyudilla qawman baAAda ith hadahum hatta yubayyina lahum ma yattaqoona inna Allaha bikulli shayin AAaleemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 115

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَمَا Wama And not —
2 كَانَ kana is ك و ن
3 اللهُ Allahu (for) Allah أ ل ه
4 لِيُضِلَّ liyudilla that He lets go astray ض ل ل
5 قَوْمًا qawman a people ق و م
6 بَعْدَ baAAda after ب ع د
7 إِذْ ith [when] —
8 هَدَاهُمْ hadahum He has guided them ه د ي
9 حَتَّىٰ hatta until —
10 يُبَيِّنَ yubayyina He makes clear ب ي ن
11 لَهُم lahum to them —
12 مَّا ma what —
13 يَتَّقُونَ yattaqoona they should fear و ق ي
14 إِنَّ inna Indeed —
15 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
16 بِكُلِّ bikulli (of) every ك ل ل
17 شَىْءٍ shayin thing ش ي أ
18 عَلِيمٌ AAaleemun (is) All-Knower ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 116

إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَهُۥ مُلْكُ ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ ۖ يُحْىِۦ وَيُمِيتُ ۚ وَمَا لَكُم مِّن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ مِن وَلِىٍّۢ وَلَا نَصِيرٍۢ.(116)

Indeed, to Allāh belongs the dominion of the heavens and the earth; He gives life and causes death. And you have not besides Allāh any protector or any helper. [At-Tawba: 116]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 116

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Indeed, to Allāh belongs the dominion of the heavens and the earth; He gives life and causes death. And you have not besides Allāh any protector or any helper.

Transliteration

Ayah 116

Inna Allaha lahu mulku alssamawati waalardi yuhyee wayumeetu wama lakum min dooni Allahi min waliyyin wala naseerin

Word-by-word

Ayah 116

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّ Inna Indeed —
2 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
3 لَهُۥ lahu to Him (belongs) —
4 مُلْكُ mulku the dominion م ل ك
5 السَّمَاوَاتِ alssamawati (of) the heavens س م و
6 وَالْأَرْضِ waalardi and the earth أ ر ض
7 يُحْىِۦ yuhyee He gives life ح ي ي
8 وَيُمِيتُ wayumeetu and He causes death م و ت
9 وَمَا wama And not —
10 لَكُم lakum for you —
11 مِّن min from —
12 دُونِ dooni besides د و ن
13 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
14 مِن min any —
15 وَلِيٍّ waliyyin protector و ل ي
16 وَلَا wala and not —
17 نَصِيرٍ naseerin any helper ن ص ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 117

لَّقَد تَّابَ ٱللَّهُ عَلَى ٱلنَّبِىِّ وَٱلْمُهَٰجِرِينَ وَٱلْأَنصَارِ ٱلَّذِينَ ٱتَّبَعُوهُ فِى سَاعَةِ ٱلْعُسْرَةِ مِنۢ بَعْدِ مَا كَادَ يَزِيغُ قُلُوبُ فَرِيقٍۢ مِّنْهُمْ ثُمَّ تَابَ عَلَيْهِمْ ۚ إِنَّهُۥ بِهِمْ رَءُوفٌۭ رَّحِيمٌۭ.(117)

Allāh has already forgiven the Prophet and the Muhājireen and the Anṣār who followed him in the hour of difficulty after the hearts of a party of them had almost inclined [to doubt], and then He forgave them. Indeed, He was to them Kind and Merciful. [At-Tawba: 117]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 117

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Allāh has already forgiven the Prophet and the Muhājireen and the Anṣār who followed him in the hour of difficulty after the hearts of a party of them had almost inclined [to doubt], and then He forgave them. Indeed, He was to them Kind and Merciful.

Transliteration

Ayah 117

Laqad taba Allahu AAala alnnabiyyi waalmuhajireena waalansari allatheena ittabaAAoohu fee saAAati alAAusrati min baAAdi ma kada yazeeghu quloobu fareeqin minhum thumma taba AAalayhim innahu bihim raoofun raheemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 117

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 لَّقَد Laqad Verily —
2 تَّابَ taba turned (in mercy) ت و ب
3 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
4 عَلَى AAala to —
5 النَّبِىِّ alnnabiyyi the Prophet ن ب أ
6 وَالْمُهَاجِرِينَ waalmuhajireena and the emigrants ه ج ر
7 وَالْأَنصَارِ waalansari and the helpers ن ص ر
8 الَّذِينَ allatheena [those] who —
9 اتَّبَعُوهُ ittabaAAoohu followed him ت ب ع
10 فِى fee in —
11 سَاعَةِ saAAati (the) hour س و ع
12 الْعُسْرَةِ alAAusrati (of) difficulty ع س ر
13 مِن min from —
14 بَعْدِ baAAdi after ب ع د
15 مَا ma [what] —
16 كَادَ kada had nearly ك و د
17 يَزِيغُ yazeeghu deviated ز ي غ
18 قُلُوبُ quloobu (the) hearts ق ل ب
19 فَرِيقٍ fareeqin (of) a party ف ر ق
20 مِّنْهُمْ minhum of them —
21 ثُمَّ thumma then —
22 تَابَ taba He turned (in mercy) ت و ب
23 عَلَيْهِمْ AAalayhim to them —
24 إِنَّهُۥ innahu Indeed He —
25 بِهِمْ bihim to them —
26 رَؤُوفٌ raoofun (is) Most Kind ر أ ف
27 رَّحِيمٌ raheemun Most Merciful ر ح م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 118

وَعَلَى ٱلثَّلَٰثَةِ ٱلَّذِينَ خُلِّفُوا۟ حَتَّىٰٓ إِذَا ضَاقَتْ عَلَيْهِمُ ٱلْأَرْضُ بِمَا رَحُبَتْ وَضَاقَتْ عَلَيْهِمْ أَنفُسُهُمْ وَظَنُّوٓا۟ أَن لَّا مَلْجَأَ مِنَ ٱللَّهِ إِلَّآ إِلَيْهِ ثُمَّ تَابَ عَلَيْهِمْ لِيَتُوبُوٓا۟ ۚ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ هُوَ ٱلتَّوَّابُ ٱلرَّحِيمُ.(118)

And [He also forgave] the three who were left alone [i.e., boycotted, regretting their error] to the point that the earth closed in on them in spite of its vastness1 and their souls confined [i.e., anguished] them and they were certain that there is no refuge from Allāh except in Him. Then He turned to them so they could repent. Indeed, Allāh is the Accepting of Repentance,2 the Merciful. [At-Tawba: 118]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 118

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And [He also forgave] the three who were left alone [i.e., boycotted, regretting their error] to the point that the earth closed in on them in spite of its vastness1 and their souls confined [i.e., anguished] them and they were certain that there is no refuge from Allāh except in Him. Then He turned to them so they could repent. Indeed, Allāh is the Accepting of Repentance,2 the Merciful.

Transliteration

Ayah 118

WaAAala alththalathati allatheena khullifoo hatta itha daqat AAalayhimu alardu bima rahubat wadaqat AAalayhim anfusuhum wathannoo an la maljaa mina Allahi illa ilayhi thumma taba AAalayhim liyatooboo inna Allaha huwa alttawwabu alrraheemu

Word-by-word

Ayah 118

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَعَلَى WaAAala And on —
2 الثَّلَاثَةِ alththalathati the three ث ل ث
3 الَّذِينَ allatheena (of) those who —
4 خُلِّفُواْ khullifoo were left behind خ ل ف
5 حَتَّىٰٓ hatta until —
6 إِذَا itha when —
7 ضَاقَتْ daqat (was) straitened ض ي ق
8 عَلَيْهِمُ AAalayhimu for them —
9 الْأَرْضُ alardu the earth أ ر ض
10 بِمَا bima though —
11 رَحُبَتْ rahubat it was vast ر ح ب
12 وَضَاقَتْ wadaqat And (was) straitened ض ي ق
13 عَلَيْهِمْ AAalayhim for them —
14 أَنفُسُهُمْ anfusuhum their own souls ن ف س
15 وَظَنُّوٓاْ wathannoo and they were certain ظ ن ن
16 أَن an that —
17 لَّا la (there is) no —
18 مَلْجَأَ maljaa refuge ل ج أ
19 مِنَ mina from —
20 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
21 إِلَّآ illa except —
22 إِلَيْهِ ilayhi to Him —
23 ثُمَّ thumma Then —
24 تَابَ taba He turned (in mercy) ت و ب
25 عَلَيْهِمْ AAalayhim to them —
26 لِيَتُوبُوٓاْ liyatooboo that they may repent ت و ب
27 إِنَّ inna Indeed —
28 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
29 هُوَ huwa He —
30 التَّوَّابُ alttawwabu (is) the Acceptor of repentance ت و ب
31 الرَّحِيمُ alrraheemu the Most Merciful ر ح م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 119

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ ٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ وَكُونُوا۟ مَعَ ٱلصَّٰدِقِينَ.(119)

O you who have believed, fear Allāh and be with those who are true. [At-Tawba: 119]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 119

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

O you who have believed, fear Allāh and be with those who are true.

Transliteration

Ayah 119

Ya ayyuha allatheena amanoo ittaqoo Allaha wakoonoo maAAa alssadiqeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 119

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَاأَيُّهَا yaayyuha O you —
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena who —
3 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe! أ م ن
4 اتَّقُواْ ittaqoo Fear و ق ي
5 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
6 وَكُونُواْ wakoonoo and be ك و ن
7 مَعَ maAAa with —
8 الصَّادِقِينَ alssadiqeena those who are truthful ص د ق

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 120

مَا كَانَ لِأَهْلِ ٱلْمَدِينَةِ وَمَنْ حَوْلَهُم مِّنَ ٱلْأَعْرَابِ أَن يَتَخَلَّفُوا۟ عَن رَّسُولِ ٱللَّهِ وَلَا يَرْغَبُوا۟ بِأَنفُسِهِمْ عَن نَّفْسِهِۦ ۚ ذَٰلِكَ بِأَنَّهُمْ لَا يُصِيبُهُمْ ظَمَأٌۭ وَلَا نَصَبٌۭ وَلَا مَخْمَصَةٌۭ فِى سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ وَلَا يَطَـُٔونَ مَوْطِئًۭا يَغِيظُ ٱلْكُفَّارَ وَلَا يَنَالُونَ مِنْ عَدُوٍّۢ نَّيْلًا إِلَّا كُتِبَ لَهُم بِهِۦ عَمَلٌۭ صَٰلِحٌ ۚ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَا يُضِيعُ أَجْرَ ٱلْمُحْسِنِينَ.(120)

It was not [proper] for the people of Madīnah and those surrounding them of the bedouins that they remain behind after [the departure of] the Messenger of Allāh or that they prefer themselves over his self.1 That is because they are not afflicted by thirst or fatigue or hunger in the cause of Allāh, nor do they tread on any ground that enrages the disbelievers, nor do they inflict upon an enemy any infliction but that it is registered for them as a righteous deed. Indeed, Allāh does not allow to be lost the reward of the doers of good. [At-Tawba: 120]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 120

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

It was not [proper] for the people of Madīnah and those surrounding them of the bedouins that they remain behind after [the departure of] the Messenger of Allāh or that they prefer themselves over his self.1 That is because they are not afflicted by thirst or fatigue or hunger in the cause of Allāh, nor do they tread on any ground that enrages the disbelievers, nor do they inflict upon an enemy any infliction but that it is registered for them as a righteous deed. Indeed, Allāh does not allow to be lost the reward of the doers of good.

Transliteration

Ayah 120

Ma kana liahli almadeenati waman hawlahum mina alaAArabi an yatakhallafoo AAan rasooli Allahi wala yarghaboo bianfusihim AAan nafsihi thalika biannahum la yuseebuhum thamaon wala nasabun wala makhmasatun fee sabeeli Allahi wala yataoona mawtian yagheethu alkuffara wala yanaloona min AAaduwwin naylan illa kutiba lahum bihi AAamalun salihun inna Allaha la yudeeAAu ajra almuhsineena

Word-by-word

Ayah 120

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 مَا Ma Not —
2 كَانَ kana it was ك و ن
3 لِأَهْلِ liahli (for) the people أ ه ل
4 الْمَدِينَةِ almadeenati of the Madinah م د ن
5 وَمَنْ waman and who —
6 حَوْلَهُم hawlahum were around them ح و ل
7 مِّنَ mina of —
8 الْأَعْرَابِ alaAArabi the bedouins ع ر ب
9 أَن an that —
10 يَتَخَلَّفُواْ yatakhallafoo they remain behind خ ل ف
11 عَن AAan after —
12 رَّسُولِ rasooli the Messenger ر س ل
13 اللهِ Allahi of Allah أ ل ه
14 وَلَا wala and not —
15 يَرْغَبُواْ yarghaboo they prefer ر غ ب
16 بِأَنفُسِهِمْ bianfusihim their lives ن ف س
17 عَن AAan to —
18 نَّفْسِهِۦ nafsihi his life ن ف س
19 ذَٰلِكَ thalika That is —
20 بِأَنَّهُمْ biannahum because [they] —
21 لَا la (does) not —
22 يُصِيبُهُمْ yuseebuhum afflict them ص و ب
23 ظَمَأٌ thamaon thirst ظ م أ
24 وَلَا wala and not —
25 نَصَبٌ nasabun fatigue ن ص ب
26 وَلَا wala and not —
27 مَخْمَصَةٌ makhmasatun hunger خ م ص
28 فِى fee in —
29 سَبِيلِ sabeeli (the) way س ب ل
30 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
31 وَلَا wala and not —
32 يَطَئُونَ yataoona they step و ط أ
33 مَوْطِئًا mawtian any step و ط أ
34 يَغِيظُ yagheethu that angers غ ي ظ
35 الْكُفَّارَ alkuffara the disbelievers ك ف ر
36 وَلَا wala and not —
37 يَنَالُونَ yanaloona they inflict ن ي ل
38 مِنْ min on —
39 عَدُوٍّ AAaduwwin an enemy ع د و
40 نَّيْلًا naylan an infliction ن ي ل
41 إِلَّا illa except —
42 كُتِبَ kutiba is recorded ك ت ب
43 لَهُم lahum for them —
44 بِهِۦ bihi in it —
45 عَمَلٌ AAamalun (as) a deed ع م ل
46 صَالِحٌ salihun righteous ص ل ح
47 إِنَّ inna Indeed —
48 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
49 لَا la (does) not —
50 يُضِيعُ yudeeAAu allow to be lost ض ي ع
51 أَجْرَ ajra the reward أ ج ر
52 الْمُحْسِنِينَ almuhsineena (of) the good-doers ح س ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 121

وَلَا يُنفِقُونَ نَفَقَةًۭ صَغِيرَةًۭ وَلَا كَبِيرَةًۭ وَلَا يَقْطَعُونَ وَادِيًا إِلَّا كُتِبَ لَهُمْ لِيَجْزِيَهُمُ ٱللَّهُ أَحْسَنَ مَا كَانُوا۟ يَعْمَلُونَ.(121)

Nor do they spend an expenditure, small or large, or cross a valley but that it is registered for them that Allāh may reward them for the best of what they were doing. [At-Tawba: 121]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 121

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Nor do they spend an expenditure, small or large, or cross a valley but that it is registered for them that Allāh may reward them for the best of what they were doing.

Transliteration

Ayah 121

Wala yunfiqoona nafaqatan sagheeratan wala kabeeratan wala yaqtaAAoona wadiyan illa kutiba lahum liyajziyahumu Allahu ahsana ma kanoo yaAAmaloona

Word-by-word

Ayah 121

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَا Wala And not —
2 يُنفِقُونَ yunfiqoona they spend ن ف ق
3 نَفَقَةً nafaqatan any spending ن ف ق
4 صَغِيرَةً sagheeratan small ص غ ر
5 وَلَا wala and not —
6 كَبِيرَةً kabeeratan big ك ب ر
7 وَلَا wala and not —
8 يَقْطَعُونَ yaqtaAAoona they cross ق ط ع
9 وَادِيًا wadiyan a valley و د ي
10 إِلَّا illa but —
11 كُتِبَ kutiba is recorded ك ت ب
12 لَهُمْ lahum for them —
13 لِيَجْزِيَهُمُ liyajziyahumu that may reward them ج ز ي
14 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
15 أَحْسَنَ ahsana the best ح س ن
16 مَا ma (of) what —
17 كَانُواْ kanoo they used (to) ك و ن
18 يَعْمَلُونَ yaAAmaloona do ع م ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 122

وَمَا كَانَ ٱلْمُؤْمِنُونَ لِيَنفِرُوا۟ كَآفَّةًۭ ۚ فَلَوْلَا نَفَرَ مِن كُلِّ فِرْقَةٍۢ مِّنْهُمْ طَآئِفَةٌۭ لِّيَتَفَقَّهُوا۟ فِى ٱلدِّينِ وَلِيُنذِرُوا۟ قَوْمَهُمْ إِذَا رَجَعُوٓا۟ إِلَيْهِمْ لَعَلَّهُمْ يَحْذَرُونَ.(122)

And it is not for the believers to go forth [to battle] all at once. For there should separate from every division of them a group [remaining] to obtain understanding in the religion and warn [i.e., advise] their people when they return to them that they might be cautious. [At-Tawba: 122]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 122

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And it is not for the believers to go forth [to battle] all at once. For there should separate from every division of them a group [remaining] to obtain understanding in the religion and warn [i.e., advise] their people when they return to them that they might be cautious.

Transliteration

Ayah 122

Wama kana almuminoona liyanfiroo kaffatan falawla nafara min kulli firqatin minhum taifatun liyatafaqqahoo fee alddeeni waliyunthiroo qawmahum itha rajaAAoo ilayhim laAAallahum yahtharoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 122

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَمَا Wama And not —
2 كَانَ kana is ك و ن
3 الْمُؤْمِنُونَ almuminoona (for) the believers أ م ن
4 لِيَنفِرُواْ liyanfiroo that they go forth ن ف ر
5 كَآفَّةً kaffatan all together ك ف ف
6 فَلَوْلَا falawla So if not —
7 نَفَرَ nafara go forth ن ف ر
8 مِن min from —
9 كُلِّ kulli every ك ل ل
10 فِرْقَةٍ firqatin group ف ر ق
11 مِّنْهُمْ minhum among them —
12 طَآئِفَةٌ taifatun a party ط و ف
13 لِّيَتَفَقَّهُواْ liyatafaqqahoo that they may obtain understanding ف ق ه
14 فِى fee in —
15 الدِّينِ alddeeni the religion د ي ن
16 وَلِيُنذِرُواْ waliyunthiroo and that they may warn ن ذ ر
17 قَوْمَهُمْ qawmahum their people ق و م
18 إِذَا itha when —
19 رَجَعُوٓاْ rajaAAoo they return ر ج ع
20 إِلَيْهِمْ ilayhim to them —
21 لَعَلَّهُمْ laAAallahum so that they may —
22 يَحْذَرُونَ yahtharoona beware ح ذ ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 123

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ قَٰتِلُوا۟ ٱلَّذِينَ يَلُونَكُم مِّنَ ٱلْكُفَّارِ وَلْيَجِدُوا۟ فِيكُمْ غِلْظَةًۭ ۚ وَٱعْلَمُوٓا۟ أَنَّ ٱللَّهَ مَعَ ٱلْمُتَّقِينَ.(123)

O you who have believed, fight against those adjacent to you of the disbelievers and let them find in you harshness. And know that Allāh is with the righteous. [At-Tawba: 123]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 123

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

O you who have believed, fight against those adjacent to you of the disbelievers and let them find in you harshness. And know that Allāh is with the righteous.

Transliteration

Ayah 123

Ya ayyuha allatheena amanoo qatiloo allatheena yaloonakum mina alkuffari walyajidoo feekum ghilthatan waiAAlamoo anna Allaha maAAa almuttaqeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 123

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَاأَيُّهَا yaayyuha O you —
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena who —
3 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe! أ م ن
4 قَاتِلُواْ qatiloo Fight ق ت ل
5 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who —
6 يَلُونَكُم yaloonakum (are) close to you و ل ي
7 مِّنَ mina of —
8 الْكُفَّارِ alkuffari the disbelievers ك ف ر
9 وَلْيَجِدُواْ walyajidoo and let them find و ج د
10 فِيكُمْ feekum in you —
11 غِلْظَةً ghilthatan harshness غ ل ظ
12 وَاعْلَمُوٓاْ waiAAlamoo And know ع ل م
13 أَنَّ anna that —
14 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
15 مَعَ maAAa (is) with —
16 الْمُتَّقِينَ almuttaqeena those who fear (Him) و ق ي

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 124

وَإِذَا مَآ أُنزِلَتْ سُورَةٌۭ فَمِنْهُم مَّن يَقُولُ أَيُّكُمْ زَادَتْهُ هَٰذِهِۦٓ إِيمَٰنًۭا ۚ فَأَمَّا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ فَزَادَتْهُمْ إِيمَٰنًۭا وَهُمْ يَسْتَبْشِرُونَ.(124)

And whenever a sūrah is revealed, there are among them [i.e., the hypocrites] those who say, "Which of you has this increased in faith?" As for those who believed, it has increased them in faith, while they are rejoicing. [At-Tawba: 124]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 124

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And whenever a sūrah is revealed, there are among them [i.e., the hypocrites] those who say, "Which of you has this increased in faith?" As for those who believed, it has increased them in faith, while they are rejoicing.

Transliteration

Ayah 124

Waitha ma onzilat sooratun faminhum man yaqoolu ayyukum zadathu hathihi eemanan faamma allatheena amanoo fazadathum eemanan wahum yastabshiroona

Word-by-word

Ayah 124

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَإِذَا Waitha And when —
2 مَآ ma ever —
3 أُنزِلَتْ onzilat is revealed ن ز ل
4 سُورَةٌ sooratun a Surah س و ر
5 فَمِنْهُم faminhum among them —
6 مَّن man (are some) who —
7 يَقُولُ yaqoolu say ق و ل
8 أَيُّكُمْ ayyukum Which of you? —
9 زَادَتْهُ zadathu (has) increased [it] ز ي د
10 هَٰذِهِۦٓ hathihi (by) this —
11 إِيمَانًا eemanan (in) faith أ م ن
12 فَأَمَّا faamma As for —
13 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who —
14 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe أ م ن
15 فَزَادَتْهُمْ fazadathum then it has increased them ز ي د
16 إِيمَانًا eemanan (in) faith أ م ن
17 وَهُمْ wahum and they —
18 يَسْتَبْشِرُونَ yastabshiroona rejoice ب ش ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 125

وَأَمَّا ٱلَّذِينَ فِى قُلُوبِهِم مَّرَضٌۭ فَزَادَتْهُمْ رِجْسًا إِلَىٰ رِجْسِهِمْ وَمَاتُوا۟ وَهُمْ كَٰفِرُونَ.(125)

But as for those in whose hearts is disease, it has [only] increased them in evil [in addition] to their evil.1 And they will have died while they are disbelievers. [At-Tawba: 125]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 125

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

But as for those in whose hearts is disease, it has [only] increased them in evil [in addition] to their evil.1 And they will have died while they are disbelievers.

Transliteration

Ayah 125

Waamma allatheena fee quloobihim maradun fazadathum rijsan ila rijsihim wamatoo wahum kafiroona

Word-by-word

Ayah 125

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَأَمَّا Waamma But as for —
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena those —
3 فِى fee in —
4 قُلُوبِهِم quloobihim their hearts ق ل ب
5 مَّرَضٌ maradun (is) a disease م ر ض
6 فَزَادَتْهُمْ fazadathum (it) increases them ز ي د
7 رِجْسًا rijsan (in) evil ر ج س
8 إِلَىٰ ila to —
9 رِجْسِهِمْ rijsihim their evil ر ج س
10 وَمَاتُواْ wamatoo And they die م و ت
11 وَهُمْ wahum while they —
12 كَافِرُونَ kafiroona (are) disbelievers ك ف ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 126

أَوَلَا يَرَوْنَ أَنَّهُمْ يُفْتَنُونَ فِى كُلِّ عَامٍۢ مَّرَّةً أَوْ مَرَّتَيْنِ ثُمَّ لَا يَتُوبُونَ وَلَا هُمْ يَذَّكَّرُونَ.(126)

Do they not see that they are tried every year once or twice but then they do not repent nor do they remember? [At-Tawba: 126]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 126

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Do they not see that they are tried every year once or twice but then they do not repent nor do they remember?

Transliteration

Ayah 126

Awala yarawna annahum yuftanoona fee kulli AAamin marratan aw marratayni thumma la yatooboona wala hum yaththakkaroona

Word-by-word

Ayah 126

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 أَوَلَا Awala Do not? —
2 يَرَوْنَ yarawna they see ر أ ي
3 أَنَّهُمْ annahum that they —
4 يُفْتَنُونَ yuftanoona are tried ف ت ن
5 فِى fee [in] —
6 كُلِّ kulli every ك ل ل
7 عَامٍ AAamin year ع و م
8 مَّرَّةً marratan once م ر ر
9 أَوْ aw or —
10 مَرَّتَيْنِ marratayni twice م ر ر
11 ثُمَّ thumma Yet —
12 لَا la not —
13 يَتُوبُونَ yatooboona they turn (in repentance) ت و ب
14 وَلَا wala and not —
15 هُمْ hum they —
16 يَذَّكَّرُونَ yaththakkaroona pay heed ذ ك ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 127

وَإِذَا مَآ أُنزِلَتْ سُورَةٌۭ نَّظَرَ بَعْضُهُمْ إِلَىٰ بَعْضٍ هَلْ يَرَىٰكُم مِّنْ أَحَدٍۢ ثُمَّ ٱنصَرَفُوا۟ ۚ صَرَفَ ٱللَّهُ قُلُوبَهُم بِأَنَّهُمْ قَوْمٌۭ لَّا يَفْقَهُونَ.(127)

And whenever a sūrah is revealed, they look at each other, [as if saying], "Does anyone see you?" and then they dismiss themselves. Allāh has dismissed their hearts because they are a people who do not understand. [At-Tawba: 127]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 127

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And whenever a sūrah is revealed, they look at each other, [as if saying], "Does anyone see you?" and then they dismiss themselves. Allāh has dismissed their hearts because they are a people who do not understand.

Transliteration

Ayah 127

Waitha ma onzilat sooratun nathara baAAduhum ila baAAdin hal yarakum min ahadin thumma insarafoo sarafa Allahu quloobahum biannahum qawmun la yafqahoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 127

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَإِذَا Waitha And when —
2 مَآ ma ever —
3 أُنزِلَتْ onzilat is revealed ن ز ل
4 سُورَةٌ sooratun a Surah س و ر
5 نَّظَرَ nathara look ن ظ ر
6 بَعْضُهُمْ baAAduhum some of them ب ع ض
7 إِلَىٰ ila to —
8 بَعْضٍ baAAdin others ب ع ض
9 هَلْ hal Does? —
10 يَرَاكُم yarakum see you ر أ ي
11 مِّنْ min any —
12 أَحَدٍ ahadin one أ ح د
13 ثُمَّ thumma Then —
14 انصَرَفُواْ insarafoo they turn away ص ر ف
15 صَرَفَ sarafa has turned away ص ر ف
16 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
17 قُلُوبَهُم quloobahum their hearts ق ل ب
18 بِأَنَّهُمْ biannahum because they —
19 قَوْمٌ qawmun (are) a people ق و م
20 لَّا la not —
21 يَفْقَهُونَ yafqahoona they understand ف ق ه

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 128

لَقَدْ جَآءَكُمْ رَسُولٌۭ مِّنْ أَنفُسِكُمْ عَزِيزٌ عَلَيْهِ مَا عَنِتُّمْ حَرِيصٌ عَلَيْكُم بِٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ رَءُوفٌۭ رَّحِيمٌۭ.(128)

There has certainly come to you a Messenger from among yourselves. Grievous to him is what you suffer; [he is] concerned over you [i.e., your guidance] and to the believers is kind and merciful. [At-Tawba: 128]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 128

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

There has certainly come to you a Messenger from among yourselves. Grievous to him is what you suffer; [he is] concerned over you [i.e., your guidance] and to the believers is kind and merciful.

Transliteration

Ayah 128

Laqad jaakum rasoolun min anfusikum AAazeezun AAalayhi ma AAanittum hareesun AAalaykum bialmumineena raoofun raheemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 128

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 لَقَدْ Laqad Certainly —
2 جَآءَكُمْ jaakum (has) come to you ج ي أ
3 رَسُولٌ rasoolun a Messenger ر س ل
4 مِّنْ min from —
5 أَنفُسِكُمْ anfusikum yourselves ن ف س
6 عَزِيزٌ AAazeezun Grievous ع ز ز
7 عَلَيْهِ AAalayhi to him —
8 مَا ma (is) what —
9 عَنِتُّمْ AAanittum you suffer ع ن ت
10 حَرِيصٌ hareesun (he is) concerned ح ر ص
11 عَلَيْكُم AAalaykum over you —
12 بِالْمُؤْمِنِينَ bialmumineena to the believers أ م ن
13 رَؤُوفٌ raoofun (he is) kind ر أ ف
14 رَّحِيمٌ raheemun (and) merciful ر ح م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 129

فَإِن تَوَلَّوْا۟ فَقُلْ حَسْبِىَ ٱللَّهُ لَآ إِلَٰهَ إِلَّا هُوَ ۖ عَلَيْهِ تَوَكَّلْتُ ۖ وَهُوَ رَبُّ ٱلْعَرْشِ ٱلْعَظِيمِ.(129)

But if they turn away, [O Muḥammad], say, "Sufficient for me is Allāh; there is no deity except Him. On Him I have relied, and He is the Lord of the Great Throne." [At-Tawba: 129]

Back to surah / Surah 009 · At-Tawba / Ayah 129

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

But if they turn away, [O Muḥammad], say, "Sufficient for me is Allāh; there is no deity except Him. On Him I have relied, and He is the Lord of the Great Throne."

Transliteration

Ayah 129

Fain tawallaw faqul hasbiya Allahu la ilaha illa huwa AAalayhi tawakkaltu wahuwa rabbu alAAarshi alAAatheemi

Word-by-word

Ayah 129

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَإِن Fain But if —
2 تَوَلَّوْاْ tawallaw they turn away و ل ي
3 فَقُلْ faqul then say ق و ل
4 حَسْبِىَ hasbiya Sufficient for me ح س ب
5 اللهُ Allahu (is) Allah أ ل ه
6 لَآ la (There is) no —
7 إِلَٰهَ ilaha god أ ل ه
8 إِلَّا illa except —
9 هُوَ huwa Him —
10 عَلَيْهِ AAalayhi On Him —
11 تَوَكَّلْتُ tawakkaltu I put my trust و ك ل
12 وَهُوَ wahuwa And He —
13 رَبُّ rabbu (is the) Lord ر ب ب
14 الْعَرْشِ alAAarshi (of) the Throne ع ر ش
15 الْعَظِيمِ alAAatheemi the Great ع ظ م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Now Playing Ayah